HomeMy WebLinkAboutSeagrave Fire Apparatus LLC; 2026-07-08; MPA26-4083FLTDocusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
July
8th
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Note: Surety Bond dated by City Clerk at the request of Seagrave
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
July
8th
July
8th
Note: Surety Bond dated by City Clerk at the request of Seagrave
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
July8th
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
Four Year Limited Warranty
Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, and provided the vehicle shall have been placed in service within sixty (60) days after delivery (“Warranty Start Date” or “WSD”) to the original purchaser (the “Purchaser”) as established by our original invoice, Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC (“Seagrave”) warrants to the Purchaser that the portions of its custom cab and chassis that are manufactured by Seagrave (“Chassis or Custom Cab” or “Vehicle”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship for a warranty period ending four (4) years after the date of delivery of the vehicle to the original purchaser or the first 40,000 miles of use, or 20,000 hours as determined by engine hours or 20,000 In-Service hours, whichever occurs first (“Warranty Period”).
Seagrave’s obligation under this warranty is subject to the following conditions precedent: (a) Purchaser must notify Seagrave in writing of the claimed defect within thirty (30) days after the first date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period; (b) written approval must be obtained from Seagrave’s Customer Service Manager prior to any repair or replacement of any materials covered within this Limited Warranty; (c) unless Seagrave directs otherwise, the claimed defective item(s) shall bereturned to Seagrave, or to Seagrave’s designee, promptly after thenotification. Purchaser shall be responsible for the cost of transportation and for risk of loss or damage to the Vehicle or materials during transportation; (d) Seagrave reserves the right to thoroughly examine the Custom Cab orChassis, or parts thereof, prior to conducting or approving any repair orreplacement, to determine whether the claimed defect is covered by thiswarranty; (e) repair or replacement must be made by a facility approved inadvance, in writing, by Seagrave. Failure to obtain all of the advanceapprovals voids this warranty. Coverage under this warranty of labor forrepair or replacement is limited to the time or amounts reasonably necessary, as determined by Seagrave, to make the repair or replacement. Labor time or amounts deemed excessive by Seagrave are not covered under this warranty; and (f) this limited warranty shall apply only if the Vehicle is properlymaintained in accordance with Seagrave’s maintenance instructions andmanuals and is used In Service, which is normal to the particular Vehiclemodel. Normal service means service, which does not subject the vehicle tostresses or impacts greater than those that normally result from the carefuluse of the Vehicle. All maintenance performed must be documented forproof of compliance. Such documentation must be made readily availableand provided to Seagrave within ten (10) days upon request.
This warranty terminates upon transfer of possession or ownership of the vehicle from the original purchaser.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Seagrave makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any other integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the vehicle that are not manufactured by Seagrave, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Seagrave shall assign to Purchaser the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) the Chassis, Custom Cab or their components, any part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, improper maintenance or accident. Any determination of neglect or damage during the full limited warranty term will void this warranty; (c) the Chassis, Custom Cab or their components, any part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Seagrave which, in the sole judgment of Seagrave, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; (d) any modification or repair performed during the full term of the limited warranty excluding regular scheduled maintenance or the replacement of non-warrantable wearable components without prior written authorization from Seagrave will void this warranty; (e) products or parts which may, in the ordinary use, wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets, filters and light bulbs. Seagrave assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Seagrave; (f) normal maintenance services or adjustments, including but not limited to fuel system cleaning,
wheel alignment and balancing, engine tune-up, brake inspection or adjustment, nor to the replacement of fluids, oil seals or filters.
Purchaser’s Exclusive Remedy If the Vehicle fails to conform to the warranty set forth in the limited warranty on this page during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Purchaser must notify Seagrave within the time period specified above and shall make the vehicle and all maintenance records available for inspection by Seagrave or its designated agent. At the request of Seagrave, any allegedly defective Vehicle shall be returned to Seagrave or an authorized Seagrave representative by the Purchaser for examination and/or repair. Purchaser shall be responsible for the cost of all such transportation including loading and unloading and for loss of or damage to the vehicle during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Seagrave shall repair or replace (at Seagrave’s option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance, in writing, by Seagrave. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
Exclusion of Consequential and Incidental Damages Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Seagrave and Purchaser, IN NO EVENT SHALL SEAGRAVE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY SEAGRAVE OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS, OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SEAGRAVE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seagrave specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Disclaimer of Warranties THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THE PREVIOUS PARAGRAPHS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY SEAGRAVE. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND WARRANTIES ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ON BEHALF OF SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS, LLC, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ANY MODIFICATION TO THIS WARRANTY MUST BE IN WRITING AND APPROVED AND SIGNED BY THE CEO OF SEAGRAVE FIRE APPRATUS, LLC.
Seagrave reserves the right to make changes to Seagrave’s products without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured products.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Seagrave Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Seagrave in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Seagrave) of any part, component, attachment, or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
S/O#: 78L59Attachment "B" MPA26-4083FLTDocusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
1
One (1) Purchasing Cooperative - HGAC
00-03-2410
PURCHASING COOPERATIVE
The apparatus shall be acquired through the H-GAC purchasing cooperative.
Fire Apparatus that are special ordered to the customer's tailored specifications and may only be returned
at the approval of the manufacturer.
S One (1) Proposal Expiration - 60 Calendar Days
00-04-0010
PROPOSAL EXPIRATION
Unless this proposal is accepted within 60 Calendar Days from the date of the quotation, Seagrave
reserves the right to either change the price or any other terms or withdraw this proposal in its
entirety.
This bid does not include the impact of tariffs on imported goods implemented since March 01,
2025 as the application or impact of such tariffs is not currently clear. Seagrave reserves the right
to change the price in accordance with contract terms in reference to tariffs implemented by the
Federal Government.
One (1) Intent of Specifications
00-04-0120
INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS
It is the intent of these specifications to cover the design, manufacture and delivery to the purchaser of a
complete fire apparatus equipped as specified herein. These specifications include the general
requirements of design, material content and construction as well as certain equipment that shall be
provided by the contractor. Not all details of the design, material content and construction of the fire
apparatus are herein specified. Any such design, material content and construction not specified herein
are left to the sole discretion of the seller contractor.
One (1) Compliance with NFPA 1900
00-04-01A0
COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 1900
The National Fire Protection Association Standard “NFPA 1900 - Standard for Automotive Fire
Apparatus - Current Edition” (hereinafter referred to as NPFA 1900) in effect at the time of the purchase
shall be used as a reference and its requirements shall be met by the apparatus manufacturer. The
apparatus shall be constructed in accordance with federal and state laws at the time of bid. Any federal,
state or NFPA amended changes that shall affect the cost of producing said apparatus shall be charged to
the purchaser. Mandatory minor apparatus equipment as stated in the applicable paragraphs of the NFPA
standard shall not be provided unless specifically stated and listed in purchaser's written specifications.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C"Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
2
Any and all references to “NFPA 1900” within this document shall refer to the current edition of NFPA
1900 in effect at the time of the purchase.
One (1) Purchaser's NFPA 1900 Responsibilities
00-04-01B0
PURCHASER’S NFPA 1900 RESPONSIBILITIES
In accordance with NFPA 1900, current edition, it shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to specify
the following details of the apparatus:
Its required performance, including where operations at or above elevations of 2000 ft. or on grades
greater than 6 percent are required.
The maximum number of firefighters to ride within the apparatus.
Specific electrical loads that are to be part of the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in
current edition of NFPA 1900 at the time of bid.
Any hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceed the minimum
requirements of the NFPA 1900 standard in effect at the time of the bid. Equipment weight and location
on the apparatus are the responsibility of the purchaser as a prerequisite of defining the loaded vehicle’s
vertical center of gravity for rollover stability calculations, when required.
One (1) Acquaintance with Specifications - meets Requirements
00-04-023E
ACQUAINTANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS
Seagrave Fire Apparatus LLC and its Sales Representatives have reviewed your bid specifications. It is
our opinion that the fire apparatus as depicted in this proposal meets or exceeds the requirements of the
bid specifications. The purchaser is required to review our Contractor’s Specifications contained herein.
Because of the intricacies in fire apparatus design, engineering and manufacturing, the Contactor’s
Specifications, along with any mutually approved changes, shall prevail in the event of a discrepancy
between the purchaser’s original bid specifications and the contractor’s specifications.
One (1) Single Source Manufacturer - SFA Custom Chassis
00-04-0430
SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Seagrave is a single source fire apparatus manufacturer. A single source manufacturer is defined as a
manufacturer who designs, engineers and manufactures the entire apparatus in the factory of the bidder.
The use of commonly incorporated components such as the diesel engine, the transmission, the pump,
lighting fixtures, etc. is acceptable. However, calling the cab/chassis/drivetrain or the outriggers/torque
box/aerial device a “component” shall not be acceptable. Single source warranty and service provision
from Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC and its distributors, sales representatives and service network shall
be provided to insure parts availability and undivided warranty responsibility. There shall be no
exceptions to these conditions.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
3
One (1) Third Party Manufactured Products - Discontinuance Policy
00-04-1100
DISCONTINUANCE POLICY
The apparatus manufacturer furnishes and installs components which are manufactured by 3rd Party
Vendors. From time to time, these products are either changed or discontinued by the manufacturer. The
apparatus manufacturer reserves the right to replace a discontinued 3rd Party Vendor manufactured
component with an equivalent model.
One (1) Standard Placement of Components
00-04-1110
STANDARD PLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Any deviation from the apparatus manufacturer's standard placement shall incur additional charges.
One (1) Proposal Drawings
00-04-5910
PROPOSAL DRAWINGS
Included with our proposal are line drawings of the apparatus being proposed. These drawings shall be
drawn to scale on a CAD system to assure an accurate and professional drawing. The drawings show five
(5) views of the vehicle: front, rear, both sides and top. The drawings show the wheelbase and overall
dimensions of the apparatus, proposed compartment sizes and features, booster tank position and the
location of all emergency warning equipment, work lights, seating and other major items that are to be
provided on the apparatus.
One (1) Approval Drawings
00-04-7000
APPROVAL DRAWINGS
Following the acceptance of a complete and approved order, three (3) sets of engineering, blueprint type
drawings, specifically for this apparatus, shall be provided by the manufacturer and shall be approved by
the Fire Department before construction begins. Both the Fire Department and the manufacturer's
representative shall have a copy of this drawing. It shall become part of the total contract. These
drawings shall be drawn to scale on a CAD system to assure an accurate and professional drawing. The
drawing shall show five (5) views of the vehicle (front, rear, both sides and top). The drawings shall
show the wheelbase and overall dimensions of the apparatus, final compartment sizes and features,
booster tank position, the location of all emergency warning equipment, work and scene lights.
One (1) Change Orders
00-04-7100
CHANGE ORDERS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
4
To ensure the proper engineering and construction of the purchaser’s custom fire apparatus in a timely
manner, the contractor shall consider the order final and complete at placement of the order into
Engineering. Change orders requested after the order placement are discouraged. If approved, change
orders are subject to fees and escalating multipliers. It shall be understood and agreed that any changes,
if approved, after the order has been released to Engineering, shall constitute a valid cause for production
delay and without penalty to the contractor.
One (1) Pre-Construction Conference, Travel Not Included
00-04-811D
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
One (1) "Pre-Construction" conference trip for representatives of the purchaser shall be included in the
bid. The conference shall be held at a company facility or an authorized representative's facility during
normal business hours, Monday - Friday. All cost of transportation, meals and lodging shall be the
responsibility of the purchaser. A distributor or sales representative shall accompany the purchaser on
the trip. The conference shall be held prior to the commencement of any work being done on the
apparatus. Factory sales and engineering personnel shall participate in the conference as needed to
ensure that the apparatus fulfills all the requirements of the accepted bid. Authorized representatives
from both the purchaser and manufacturer shall approve and sign any changes made during these
meetings prior to the commencement of any work being done on the apparatus.
It is understood and agreed that delays beyond thirty (30) days of contract approval for Pre-Construction
conference changes in specifications shall be cause for delay in delivery.
Five (5) Number of Fire Depart Representatives Attending Pre-Construction Conference (Ea)
00-04-813Z
Five (5) fire department representatives shall attend the Pre-Construction Conference.
One (1) In-Process Digital Pictures
00-04-8240
DIGITAL PICTURES
In-process digital pictures shall be taken of the apparatus during the manufacturing process. Depending
upon the type of apparatus, the pictures may include any or all of the following: cab interior and exterior,
pump operators stand, body and aerial device.
One (1) Final Inspection, Travel Not Included
00-04-831D
FINAL INSPECTION TRIP
One (1) "Final" inspection trip for representatives of the purchaser shall be included in the bid. The
inspection shall take place at a Company facility or an authorized representative's facility of the
Company’s during normal business hours, Monday - Friday. The selection of the inspection location
shall be done at the sole discretion of the Company. The cost of transportation, meals and lodging shall
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
5
be the responsibility of the purchaser. An authorized distributor or manufacturer’s sales representative
may accompany the Purchaser on the inspection trip.
Five (5) Number of Fire Department Representatives Attending Final Inspection (Ea)
00-04-834Z
Five (5) fire department representatives shall attend the Final Inspection.
One (1) Pre-Delivery Road Trip and Final Factory Checklist
00-04-8400
PRE-DELIVERY ROAD TRIP AND FINAL FACTORY CHECKLIST
Prior to delivery, the completed apparatus shall be thoroughly inspected by the factory. This inspection
shall include a road test of the apparatus. During the factory inspections and road testing, a checklist
shall be utilized by factory personnel to document the inspection and road test results. The checklist
shall include:
Documentation of the make, model and serial numbers of all major components such as the engine,
transmission, pump, axles, etc.
Complete, comprehensive operational check of all chassis/drive train components and fluid levels.
A comprehensive review of the entire exterior and interior of the apparatus for fit and finish, checked
against the customer's order specifications, and any ensuing change orders.
A thorough test of all driving systems under actual highway and city driving conditions.
One (1) Final Delivery - Zone 10
00-04-8470
DELIVERY
The fire apparatus shall be delivered over the road and under its own power to insure proper break-in of
all driving components while still under warranty. Rail or truck freight shipment of the apparatus is not
acceptable.
Delivery shall be to an area located in Zone 10.
One (1) Documentation - NFPA Requirements
00-04-8700
DOCUMENTATION - NFPA REQUIREMENTS
All NFPA required documentation and certifications shall be supplied with the apparatus at the time of
delivery.
One (1) General Design Requirements - S/S Custom Cab, S/S Body
00-05-013A
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
6
The specified apparatus shall be a custom cab type; designed, engineered and manufactured specifically
for the fire service in North America. The apparatus meets or exceeds the requirements of the NFPA
1900, current edition, in all respects.
Seagrave’s deluxe custom cab chassis shall be provided. It incorporates an all steel cab for strength,
durability and safety. The cab and body sheet metal shall be constructed of stainless steel, no exception.
The Seagrave cab incorporates a protective safety-cage design that totally surrounds and protects the seat
belted driver, officer and crew. The safety-cage, composed of heavy gauge stainless steel, makes the
Seagrave deluxe cab an extremely strong cab.
One (1) Dimensional Tolerance
00-05-0200
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE
Measurements and dimensions listed in this specification shall be defined as +/- 1% solely at the
discretion of the manufacturer.
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight - with Certificate at Delivery
00-05-0210
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
The manufacturer shall be responsible for proper weight distribution upon the chassis and axles.
The apparatus when loaded, shall have not less than 25% nor more than 45% of the weight on the front
axle and not less than 55% nor more than 75% on the rear axle. A certified weight certificate showing
weights on the front axle, rear axle and total weight for the completed apparatus with the water and fuel
tanks full, but without personnel, equipment and hose shall be provided at the time of delivery.
In accordance with NFPA 1900, it shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to notify the manufacturer
in the purchaser's specification of any hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus
that exceeds the minimum requirements of the NFPA 1900 standard in effect at the time of the bid.
One (1) Customer Declared Equipment Weight - 2001 To 2500 LB Evenly Distributed
00-05-032X
CUSTOMER DECLARED EQUIPMENT WEIGHT
The customer declared equipment weight shall be from 2001 to 2500 pounds. This weight shall be
evenly distributed.
S One (1) Apparatus Overall Length
00-05-1110
APPARATUS OVERALL LENGTH
The overall length of the completed apparatus shall not exceed 756.00 inches with tiller cab doors
open. This measurement shall be taken with all permanently mounted equipment in the stowed/travel
position.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
7
One (1) General Construction, Quality and Workmanship
00-05-2000
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
The design and construction of the apparatus shall embody standard automotive heavy vehicle
engineering practices. The apparatus shall be designed, engineered and constructed with due
consideration for the severe service nature of the fire service. All parts of the apparatus shall be installed
in accordance with the OEM specifications.
Distribution of load between the front and rear axles shall be engineered so that all specified equipment,
including a filled water tank, full complement of personnel and fire hose shall be carried without damage
to the apparatus. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
National Fire Protection Association and current standard automotive practices.
All welding personnel that shall be utilized in the fabrication and construction of structural components
of the apparatus chassis, body and aerial device shall hold a valid certificate from the AWS - American
Welding Society.
The apparatus shall be designed to conform to applicable ANSI and NFPA 1900 standards. The
following design criteria shall be applicable to this specification to the extent specified herein:
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) - A-36, Specification for Structural Steel
Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc. (SAE) - SAE Handbook
American Welding Society (AWS) - AWSO14.4-77 Classification and Application of Welded Joints
for Machinery and Equipment
American Society for Non-Destructive Testing (ASNT)
All sensitive components shall be protected against adverse weather conditions. Any exposed metal
surface which is not painted or otherwise coated shall have a bright finish. Corrosion protection shall be
provided between any dissimilar metals joined in the construction of this apparatus.
One (1) NFPA 1900 Stepping Surface Certification
00-05-2110
STEPPING SURFACE CERTIFICATION
A certification that all materials used for exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing and walking
areas, all interior steps and all interior floors meet the slip resistance requirements of the applicable
edition and section of NFPA 1900 shall be provided with the delivery documentation.
One (1) Aerial Test and Certification - Third Party
00-05-310S
AERIAL TEST AND CERTIFICATION
The aerial device shall be third party tested at the manufacturer's facility and shall conform to NFPA
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
8
requirements and standards. Copies of all tests shall be provided with the delivery documentation.
One (1) Performance Requirements and Test - NFPA
00-05-4000
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND TEST - NFPA
A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA recommendations (unless otherwise
specified) and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made during which time the apparatus
shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles shall run
quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus.
The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a
level highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine.
The fully loaded vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a minimum top speed of 50 mph on a level
highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load).
The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on any grade up to and including 6%.
The air service brakes shall be capable of stopping the fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level
highway.
The apparatus shall be tested and approved in accordance with NFPA standard practices.
One (1) Marauder S/S Tilting Cab - 100/500 TDA, w/ Tele W-Way
10-00-0650
GENERAL
Chassis shall be a new, heavy-duty, custom fire apparatus design built expressly for the fire service. All
standard components that have not been specified shall be provided.
Chassis shall be designed, engineered and built by the bidder and be the manufacturer's first line custom
chassis.
The chassis shall be suitable for heavy duty service with all components having adequate strength and
capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required.
S One (1) Wheelbase
10-00-9910
WHEELBASE
The wheelbase shall be: 179.00 inches.
Five (5) Primary Seating Capacity
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
9
10-00-9920
SEATING CAPACITY
The primary seating capacity of the cab for properly belted passengers shall be: Five (5)
Any additional seats shall be secondary seating as defined by NFPA.
S One (1) Approach - Departure Angles
10-00-9935
APPROACH - DEPARTURE ANGLES
An angle of approach and an angle of departure of at least 12 degrees shall be maintained at the
front and the rear of the vehicle when it is unloaded.
S One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings - TDA
10-00-994T
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATINGS
Front Tractor Weight Rating shall be: 20,000
Rear Tractor Weight Rating shall be: 31,500
Tiller Axle Weight Rating shall be: 21,500
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: 73,000
One (1) Frame - 10.25" Straight Rail, 2.124m RBM, For Less Than 180" Wheel Base Only
10-10-1000
FRAME
The chassis frame shall be built with two steel channels with a minimum of five (5) cross members.
Pump shall not be counted as a cross member. The side rails shall be of heat treated steel. Each rail shall
have a section modulus of 16.4, a minimum elastic limit of 120,000 PSI and a minimum resisting bending
moment of 2,124,000 inch pounds. The cross members shall be of heavy duty, fabricated, all-welded
design, made out of a minimum of 50,000 psi material. The frame and cross members shall be a bolted
assembly utilizing 5/8" flange head grade eight bolts and Spiralock® flange nuts. Spiralock® nuts shall
be used exclusively in the frame assembly for mounting spring hangers, steering gear, engine,
transmission, etc. because of their ability to maintain a constant torque tension and prevent vibration
loosening. Their design shall provide for an even thread load distribution over the bolt, increased fatigue
strength and life, and clamping torque. All holes made must be used and any holes in the frame for
options not required on this chassis are not acceptable.
Frame rails less than or equal to 480" in length shall receive a duo-coat primer: an E-coat followed by a
powder coating. This duo-coat process meets 1000 hours of salt spray testing per ASTM B117 test
procedure. Frame rails greater than 480" in length shall be powder coated only. The inside of the rails
shall be hand re-sprayed to insure coverage. This process meets 240 hours of salt spray testing per
ASTM B117 test procedure.
One (1) Bumper - 10" High, S/S, Wrap-Around
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
10
10-11-0000
BUMPER
A heavy duty, 10" high, ribbed, highly polished stainless steel bumper shall be mounted to the front of
the chassis. The bumper shall be a “ribbed” cross section shape with 2” flanges and rounded corners.
As part of the bumper extension, a second formed channel with 2" flanges shall be provided directly
behind the full width of the flat portion of the bumper. The bumper extension support shall be of channel
(minimum 9-7/16" x 3" x 3/8") construction, bolted to the chassis frame stub. A 3/16" aluminum tread
plate gravel pan (deck) contoured to fit just below the front face of the cab and just below the upper
bumper flange shall be provided. The gravel pan shall not be fastened to the top flange of the bumper.
One (1) Bumper Extension - 12"
10-12-0012
12" BUMPER EXTENSION
A bumper extension shall be installed at the front of the cab. The front of the bumper shall be
approximately 12" from the front face of the cab. A gravel pan made of 3/16" aluminum tread plate shall
be installed between the front bumper and the cab. The bumper extension shall be designed and
constructed so that the apparatus can be pulled by the extension.
One (1) Bumper Extension shall be Liftable & Towable
10-12-00A0
LIFTABLE AND TOWABLE BUMPER EXTENSION
The bumper extension shall be designed and constructed so that the apparatus can be lifted and towed by
the extension.
One (1) Front Bumper Trough - Center, 12" Extension
10-12-0110
FRONT BUMPER TROUGH - CENTER
A bumper trough shall be installed in the center of the bumper extension. It shall have interior
dimensions of 5.75" wide x 27.25" long x 13" deep. It shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and be
easily removable from the gravel pan. Drain holes shall be provided.
If a front hitch/receiver point is present, the trough interior dimension shall be: 5.75" wide x 25.25" long
x 13" deep.
One (1) Dri-Dek® - Front Bumper Compartment (Ea)
10-12-5400
Black Dri-Dek® shall be provided in the bottom of one (1) front bumper compartment(s). Ramped
edging shall not be included.
One (1) Front Bumper Trough Cover - ATP, Flat, for 12" Trough,
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
11
10-12-6112
HINGED ATP COVER
The hose trough shall be provided with a hinged, flat aluminum tread plate cover. A handle and gas
cylinder type hold open (and closed) device shall be installed on the door. A switch shall be provided
that shall prevent the cab from tilting when the trough cover is opened. The cab display shall show when
the cover is opened.
One (1) No Latch(es) Required for Front Bumper Cover
10-12-7285
No latches are required for the front bumper cover.
One (1) Recessed Notch in Front Bumper - LS, Full, for Q2B
10-12-152F
RECESSED NOTCH IN FRONT BUMPER FOR LEFT SIDE Q2B SIREN
A recessed notch shall be cut into the left side of the front bumper and gravel pan for a Q2B siren.
One (1) Recessed Notch Finish - ATP
10-12-1590
The recessed notch shall be boxed in on the three vertical sides with aluminum tread plate.
Photos for reference only:
_________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Bumper Extension Not a Step - Sign, FAMA26 No-Step
10-12-8010
FAMA26 NO-STEP SIGN
In accordance with NFPA 1900, a FAMA26 "No-Step" sign shall be attached to the top of the gravel pan.
The sign reads: "Fall Hazard-Railings NOT provided. Surface may be slippery - Not intended for
stepping, standing or walking. Fall will injure or kill".
S One (1) Front Tow Eyes - (2) Cut Plate, Elongated Style, Painted, Under Pan
10-20-0680
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
12
FRONT TOW EYES
Two (2) painted "cut plate elongated-style" type tow eyes shall be furnished. They shall be installed
under the aluminum tread plate "gravel" pan, behind bumper. The eyes shall be fabricated of 1" thick
steel plate with a 3" diameter opening. They shall be painted to match the frame/undercarriage.
Provide and install two (2) 9000 pound straight pull label for front tow eyes labels to be located at
final inspection.
One (1) Power Steering Installation
10-25-0100
STEERING
A heavy duty power steering system shall be provided. The hydraulic pump shall be engine gear driven.
The steering gear "box", or fixture that the gear is mounted to, shall be fabricated in the factory of the
bidder. It shall be a welded assembly constructed of 3/8" formed steel with a 3/4" face plate. Vertical
gussets shall be provided between the face plate and the frame mounting plate to insure against frame
flex while the vehicle is stationary.
AUXILIARY CYLINDER FOR POWER STEERING
An auxiliary power assist cylinder shall be provided in the power steering system.
One (1) Chassis Alignment
10-25-2000
CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
The chassis frame rails shall be cross checked for length and square. Front and rear axles shall be laser
aligned. The front axle shall be aligned at the manufacturer's facility.
One (1) Air System - Chassis (TDA)
10-28-0300
AIR PIPING
The service brake system shall be full air type. The system is to meet or exceed current FMVSS-121
requirements. Other components or accessories shall be as follows:
Pressure protection valve
Quick build up system
Engine mounted, gear driven air compressor
Bendix Model E-6 dual circuit brake treadle valve
Two (2) air pressure gauges on cab dash with indicator light and buzzerAir reservoirs with capacity to meet FMVSS-121
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
13
Brake piping shall consist of SAE approved, DOT rated "Synflex" reinforced nylon colored tubing.
Braided hoses shall provide flexibility between axle and frame connections. Brake air lines shall be
color-coded. Air inlet to air brake compressor shall be from the engine intake manifold, i.e. after
transition through the engine air cleaner. A stainless braided Teflon hose and/or copper tubing shall be
provided from the compressor to the air dryer. Fittings shall be brass.
The parking brake system is to be the spring set type operated by control valve on driver's console. A
brake indicator light shall also be provided.
The parking brake shall lock up both the tractor drive axle and the trailer axle.
One (1) Air System Fittings - TDA, Push-to-Connect
10-28-0390
The fittings for the air system shall be push-to-connect.
One (1) Air Tank Labels
10-28-2990
AIR TANK LABELS
The following chassis air tanks "if provided" shall have Velvet poly carbonate white labels with black
writing affixed to the exterior of the tank visible from the bottom side.
"PRIMARY TANK"
"SECONDARY TANK"
"WET TANK"
"AIR HORN TANK"
"EMERGENCY SPRING BRAKE RELEASE TANK"
Two (2) Main Air System Drain Valve(s) - Manual
10-28-0400
MAIN AIR SYSTEM DRAIN VALVE(S)
The drain valve(s) on the main air system reservoirs shall be manual.
Two (2) Trailer Air System Drain Valve(s) - Manual
10-28-0500
TRAILER AIR SYSTEM DRAIN VALVE(S)
The drain valve(s) on the trailer air system reservoirs shall be manual. It shall be mounted in front of the
tiller axle.
One (1) Wet Tank
10-28-0600
WET TANK
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
14
A 1250 cubic inch wet air tank shall be provided with the air system.
One (1) Wet Tank Drain Valve - Cable Controlled
10-28-0610
WET AIR RESERVOIR DRAIN CONTROL
A cable controlled drain valve shall be provided on the wet tank. The pull cable shall be extended to the
side of the truck with a loop provided at its end. It shall be labeled: Drain Daily.
One (1) Air Dryer - Meritor WABCO System Saver 1200
10-28-3820
AIR DRYER
A Meritor WABCO 1200 System Saver air dryer shall be installed in the air brake system. It shall have a
minimum capacity of 30 cfm air flow. Dryer shall be equipped with an integral, automatic, 12 volt
heated moisture ejector which is thermostatically controlled. System shall include a pressure controlled
check valve installed between the wet tank and the secondary air reservoir.
One (1) Front Axle - MFS, 20,000 LB with Disc Brakes & 4" Spring Suspension
11-00-360A
FRONT AXLE
A Meritor MFS front axle with a 20,000 pound rating shall be provided. It shall include composite
low-friction bushings with diagonal grooves to better distribute lube, camber settings of +1/4 degree for
both left and right sides to help improve tire life and a large diameter, heat treated kingpin with a lube
retaining seal.
DISC BRAKES
The front axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air disc brakes with internal automatic
adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons and robust sealing of slide pins for environmental
protection. The #EX225H air disc brakes shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever mechanism with
variable mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be provided.
FRONT SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION, 4" X 52"
The front suspension shall be semi-elliptical 4" x 52" constant rate type springs with a military wrapped
eye. The correct material, spring length, width, thickness and number shall be provided to match the leaf
spring rating with that of the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Gabriel heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers shall also be provided on the front axle.
One (1) Warranty - Meritor Front Axle, 5 Yr, P&L
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
15
91-75-0015
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a five (5) year parts and labor warranty on the front axle.
One (1) Warranty - Meritor Disc Brakes, 3 Yr, P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a three (3) year parts and labor warranty on the EX225H disc brakes.
One (1) Auxiliary Park Brake - Front Axle, Air Applied (Aerials)
11-00-9000
AUXILIARY AIR APPLIED FRONT AXLE PARKING BRAKE
An auxiliary air applied front axle parking brake shall be supplied with a separate control black rocker
switch and properly labeled indicator light in the cab. This front parking brake will only be able to be
activated when the parking brake for the rear axle is set.
One (1) Rear Axle - RS-30-185, with 16-1/2"x7" S-Cam Brakes, 31,500 LB (TDA)
11-10-1205
REAR AXLE
The rear axle shall be a Meritor model RS30-185 with a capacity of 31,500 pounds at the hub. The rear
axle shall include 16-1/2" x 7" S-Cam brakes with dust shields and automatic slack adjusters. Stroke
indicators shall be incorporated to provide a visual indicator of brake wear.
All axles shall be purchased complete from and certified by the axle manufacturer for the specific
application. Brake chamber brand and size shall be determined by the axle manufacturer.
One (1) Rear Axle Ratio Shall be Determined by Manufacturer to Match NFPA Top Speed
11-10-991F
REAR AXLE RATIO
The rear axle ratio shall be determined by the manufacturer to match NFPA top speed.
One (1) Vehicle Performance Analysis Report - Provided When Done
00-05-042F
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS
A performance analysis report shall be run on the vehicle, as ordered, using computer software to
determine top speed, gradeability, optimum shift points and acceleration on various grades. The report
shall be delivered with the completed vehicle.
One (1) Top Road Speed 60 MPH
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
16
11-10-9998
ROAD SPEED
Per NFPA, the maximum top road speed shall be 60 mph.
One (1) Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS) - TDA
11-20-2700
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
The vehicle shall be equipped with dual WABCO anti-lock braking system (ABS). The tractor ABS shall
provide four (4) channel anti-lock-up braking control on the (2) front and (2) rear wheels. The trailer
ABS shall provide two (2) channel anti-lock-up braking control on the tiller steer axle’s (2) wheels and
shall be linked to the tractor system via permanent cabling. The system shall employ a digital electronics
system with microprocessor controls divided into two (2) diagonal circuits. In the event of one circuit’s
malfunction the second circuit shall operate unaffected. Each wheel shall be constantly monitored by the
system when the vehicle is in motion. When any wheel begins to “lock-up” during braking a signal shall
be transmitted to the processor from the wheel sensor. The control unit shall instantly reduce the braking
force applied to the wheel and immediately re-apply braking force so that the wheel rapidly slows
without locking. The system shall control all wheels simultaneously to provide maximum vehicle braking
in a relatively straight line.
An ABS warning light shall be installed in the warning light panel of the driver’s dash.
The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system whenever the anti-lock
braking mode is active.
One (1) Warranty - Meritor Rear Axle, 5 Yr, P&L
91-75-0025
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a five (5) year parts and labor warranty on the rear axle.
One (1) Vehicle Stability Compliance - Tilt Table Method, TDA
11-20-2780
VEHICLE STABILITY COMPLIANCE
In compliance with NFPA 1900, current edition, the vehicle stability compliance shall be performed on a
tilt table.
One (1) Automatic Traction Control w/ Deep Mud & Snow Switch
11-20-2795
AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL WITH DEEP SNOW AND MUD SWITCH
Automatic Traction Control, working in concert with the ABS system, shall be provided which shall
reduce wheel slip on acceleration on wet or slippery road conditions. A light shall illuminate on the
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
17
driver's dash when the drive wheels slip during acceleration.
A deep snow and mud option switch shall be provided in addition to the ATC option. This function
increases available traction on extra soft surfaces like snow, mud or gravel by slightly increasing the
permissible wheel spin.
A dash mounted locking momentary black rocker switch, to prevent accidental activation, with an
indicator "on" light shall engage and disengage the deep snow and mud.
One (1) Rear Suspension - Semi-Elliptical Spring, 3"x52", Single, 31,500 LB
11-30-3300
REAR SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION, 3" X 52", SINGLE - 31,500 LB
The rear suspension shall be semi-elliptical 3" x 52" constant rate type springs with a military wrapped
eye. The correct material, spring length, width, thickness and number shall be provided to match the leaf
spring rating with that of the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
Two (2) Front Tires - MI/315/80R22.5/XZUS2/On/Off 10,000/10,000 LB (Ea)
12-15-1200
FRONT TIRES
The two (2) front tires shall be Michelin 315/80R22.5, XZUS2, load range "L" with on/off road tread
(heavy loads and slower speeds, operating on a mixture of improved secondary and aggressive road
surface). This tire has a nominal rating of 10,000 pounds with a top speed of 65 mph and an intermittent
fire service rating of 10,000 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
Four (4) Rear Tires - MI/315/80R22.5/XZUS2/On/Off 8,270/8,270 LB (Ea)
12-16-1650
REAR TIRES
The four (4) rear tires shall be Michelin 315/80R22.5, XZUS2, load range "L", on/off road tread (heavy
loads and slower speeds, operating on a mixture of improved secondary and aggressive road surface)
with a nominal rating of 8,270 pounds with a top speed of 65 mph and an intermittent fire service rating
of 8,270 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
One (1) Wheels - Aluminum Disc, Polished, on Single Rear Axle
12-50-0500
WHEELS
Wheels shall be Alcoa polished aluminum disc type and hub piloted. Chrome plated nut covers shall be
furnished. For ease of maintenance and protection, outer dual valves stems shall be turned inboard, inner
dual valve stems shall be turned outboard and extensions shall be installed.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "Baby Moon", Front Axle
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
18
12-80-0100
FRONT AXLE "BABY MOON" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "Baby Moon" type hub caps shall be provided on the front axle.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "High Hat", Rear Axle
12-90-0200
REAR AXLE "HIGH HAT" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "High Hat" type hub caps shall be provided on the rear axle(s).
One (1) Valve Extension Stabilizer Kit (Ea)
12-90-1000
VALVE EXTENSION STABILIZER KIT
One (1) Rubber Valve Extension Stabilizer Kits shall be provided for the rear axle inner tires. The kit
shall include 2 stabilizers and 2 valve extensions.
One (1) Tire Pressure Indicators - TDA
12-90-1030
TIRE PRESSURE INDICATORS
Tires shall have non-pressure indicators installed for shipment.
NFPA compliant pressure indicating caps shall be provided and shipped loose. This valve stem inflation
pressure sensitive monitor shall provide a visual color indication of when the tire pressure is below the
manufacturers recommended level. The chrome safety cap shall show green when the tire is properly
inflated and red once the tire becomes under inflated.
One (1) Tire Balance - Equal, Front Tires Only
12-90-1210
TIRE BALANCE
EQUAL Tire Performance Balancing Compound shall be inserted into the front tires to balance and
maintain a vibration-free rotation.
One (1) Engine - Cummins X12, 525 HP, for Single Axle, EPA24 Certified
13-00-5340
ENGINE
The engine specification and associated components WILL change due to the 2027 EPA regulations.
When specifications and pricing are provided by Cummins, the information will be made available to the
customer at that time. An allowance is included in the proposal to cover this additional cost.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
19
The chassis shall be powered by an EPA24 certified and compliant Cummins X12 diesel engine, as
described below:
Model X12
Number of Cylinders Six
Bore and Stroke 5.2 x 5.67 inDisplacement Liter (Cu. In.) 11.8 (720)Rated BHP 525 @ 1900 RPM
Torque 1695 ft.lb. @ 1000 RPM
Governed RPM 2000
Oil Capacity / Type 10.5 gallons / SAE CK-4
Fuel Requirement Ultra low sulfur diesel (15 ppm max.)
Standard equipment on the engine shall include the following:
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) after treatment
Cooled Exhaust Gas Recirculation system
Fan – 32”, 11 blade
Charge air cooling
High pressure, common rail fuel system
Fuel filter
Fuel strainer
Governor – electronic, interact system
Injectors – electronically controlled full authority injection
Lube oil cooler – integralLube oil filter – full flow
Turbocharger – variable geometry type
Cummins Acumen Module
The engine exhaust system shall be a horizontal design constructed from heavy-duty truck components.
Flexible couplings shall be utilized to absorb the torque and vibration of the engine. The outlet shall be
directed to the forward side of the rear wheels, exiting the right side, with a straight tip. A
heat-absorbing sleeve shall be used on the exhaust pipe in the engine compartment area to reduce stored
heat, providing protection for the alternator, and also to protect hands when checking or adding oil in the
engine compartment.
ENGINE AND CHARGED AIR COOLING SYSTEMS
A serpentine core type radiator with continuous louvered fin design shall be provided. Radiator shall be
fitted with formed steel side frames. The top tank shall have a built-in de-aeration system. A drain shall
be located at the lowest point.
The engine charged air heat exchanger shall be located directly in front of the radiator and be bolted to its
side rails. It shall be all aluminum-brazed construction. Air cooler shall be cross flow design with cast
aluminum side tanks, horizontal inlet and outlet at top and aluminum louvered serpentine external air
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
20
fins. Plastic tanks shall not be acceptable, no exceptions. Cooler tubers shall also be constructed of
aluminum and have internal fins that eliminate laminar airflow.
The charge air cooler and the radiator shall be produced by the same manufacturer as a single assembly
to provide continuity throughout the cooling system. This shall ensure a certified “balanced” package for
the chassis engine air and fluid cooling systems.
The radiator and charger cooler shall be mounted to the chassis stub. Fabricated mounting bracket for
the fans ring shall be attached to the front of the engine in a manner so that it “floats” with the engine and
increases the fan’s efficiency by tightening the tip clearance. This mounting design eliminates engine fan
and radiator shroud contact due to engine torque movement and promotes more efficient airflow. The
radiator and charger cooler shall be held in place at the bottom by two (2) large bolts equipped with
anti-stress rubber biscuits. The top of the radiator shall be supported by two (2). ¾” tubular braces,
bolted to the chassis stub. Anti-vibration rubber biscuits shall be installed at the top threaded end of the
braces where they attach to the radiator.
The engine specification is subject to change in light of EPA 2027 regulations and availability of
compatible engines from Cummins at the time of apparatus construction.
POWER STEERING COOLER
A power steering cooler shall be provided in addition to the power steering reservoir.
ENGINE COOLING CERTIFICATION
"EPQ" (End Product Questionnaire) certification shall be provided by the chassis manufacturer.
Certification shall be documented with reference to each specific chassis model by the chassis
manufacturer.
FAN CLUTCH
A fan clutch shall be provided for the engine cooling fan. The viscous clutch shall be of a failsafe design,
in that it shall fail in the "on" mode and thus prevent overheating in the event of component failure.
Manufacturer shall also wire the clutch so that it remains "on" in the pumping mode to prevent water
pressure fluctuations.
ENGINE STARTER
A Delco, 12 volt, 39 MT-HD starter shall be installed.
AIR COMPRESSOR
A Wabco 26.0 cfm air compressor shall be furnished. The air compressor shall be gear driven off the
engine.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
21
One (1) Cummins 2027 EPA Compliant En ine Allowance
13-00-5351
CUMMIS 2027 EPA COMPLIANT ENGINE ALLOWANCE
An allowance in the amount of $70,000 is included in this proposal to cover the cost increase for the new
2027 EPA Compliant Cummins Engines. The engine specifications and increased pricing will be
processed via a 'Sales Change Order' when information from Cummins is made available to Seagrave.
If the amount is less than the allowance, additional money shall be returned to the customer. If the
amount exceeds the allowance, the customer shall be responsible for the additional charge.
One (1) Transmission - Allison, 4000-EVS
13-03-1200
TRANSMISSION
An Allison, Model 4000 - EVS, electronically controlled automatic transmission with integral fluid filter
shall be provided. A transmission cooler shall be installed in the radiator bottom tank. A warning light
and buzzer shall be provided on the cab dash to alert the driver should the transmission overheat.
The transmission shall include the following: an oil life monitor, a filter life monitor, and a transmission
health monitor. The oil life monitor determines fluid life remaining by monitoring various operating
parameters. The filter life monitor determines when fluid filter(s) need to be replaced. The transmission
health monitor determines when clutch system inspection is required. The monitors send a message via a
blink code to a special prognostic light on the shift pad. Also on the shift pad shall be installed a digital,
double-digit display that identifies the level of transmission oil. The display shall identify the oil level as
“Ok”, “Lo” or “Hi”, also indicating the number of quarts lo or hi.
The transmission shall include the following emergency vehicle specifications:
Maximum gross input power: 600 hp
Maximum gross input torque: 1850 ft.lb.
Input speed range: 1700 to 2300 rpm
Direct gear lock-up: 4th @ 1.00 to 1.00
Overdrive gear and ratio: 5th @ 0.74 to 1.00
Gear ratios shall be as follows:
1st 3.51 to 1
2nd 1.91 to 1
3rd 1.43 to 1
4th 1.00 to 1
5th 0.74 to 1
6th 0.64 to 1
Rev -4.80 to 1
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
22
The transmission shall automatically shift into neutral whenever the chassis parking brake is applied.
TOUCH PAD TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL
Touch pad control shift module shall be mounted to the right of the driver on the console and be indirect
lighted for after dark operation.
TRANSMISSION FLUID
The Allison transmission shall be delivered from the factory with a synthetic SAE standard ATF,
Transynd.
One (1) Transmission Programming - Full 5 Speed Automatic
13-03-3100
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission shall be programmed as a full 5-speed automatic.
One (1) Warranty - Allison Transmission, 5 Yr, P & L
91-75-0065
WARRANTY
Allison provides a 5 year warranty on the EVS transmissions. See warranty certificate for complete
details.
One (1) Driveline - Spicer 1810, for Single Axle, Wheelbase < 198.5"
13-05-0130
DRIVELINE
Drivelines shall be built with heavy-duty metal tubes and utilize Spicer 1810 series or "Equal" mechanics
type universal joints with "half round" end yokes. This quick disconnect strap and bolt design type end
joint shall allow the driveline to be easily disassembled and dropped straight down for ease of service
and maintenance. They also shall be dynamically balanced by the truck manufacturer before installation
in the chassis. A splined slip joint is to be provided in each shaft assembly. A grease zerk shall be
provided for lubrication of the slip joint.
S One (1) Fuel Water Separator/Alarm/Heater - Racor Greenmax™ 4400R1210, X12 Engine Only
13-08-5630
FUEL WATER SEPARATOR WITH ALARM & HEATER
A Racor Greenmax™ model 4400R1210 fuel water separator with 10 micron Aquabloc filter, water
sensor alarm and heater shall be provided.
Provide an ATP cover over the entire Fuel Water Separator.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
23
One (1) Exhaust - Single Module, DPF/SCR, Outboard of Frame Rail, X12 Engine Only
13-13-0008
EXHAUST
A single exhaust module containing an SCR chamber and a DPF chamber shall be installed on the right
side of the vehicle, immediately behind the cab. The exhaust module shall ingest urea from a remote
storage tank to remove NOx from the exhaust. The exhaust assembly shall be mounted outboard of the
frame rail.
EXHAUST HEAT SHIELDS
Heat shields shall be provided as needed to prevent damage to body and wiring from excessive exhaust
temperatures. The exhaust pipe shall be wrapped in multi-layered insulation blankets, from just aft of the
turbo down to inlet side of the DPF. Each blanket shall have a fiberglass inner layer and a silicone
impregnated fiberglass cloth outer layer
The cab shall receive 1.25" thick foil back insulation blanket under the crew floor to reduce floor
temperatures.
All harnesses and cables, in proximity to exhaust system components, shall be protected with insulation.
S One (1) Magnetic Grabber
13-13-0900
MAGNETIC GRABBER
Magnetic Grabber, Plymovent. Standard ADAP-110, shall be installed on the end of the exhaust.
One (1) Focal Retarder - Telma
13-15-1400
TELMA FOCAL RETARDER
A Telma Focal retarder shall be installed in the drive line to provide an auxiliary braking device for the
vehicle. Telma application shall be achieved by releasing throttle and/or depressing the brake pedal.
There shall also be a four lamp indicator system to indicate the progressive stages of vehicle retardation.
A momentary on/off black rocker switch with indicator light defaults on, resetting with the battery
switch. The retarder shall be reset with the ignition or by pressing the switch a second time. The Telma
relay box shall be mounted at the manufacturer's discretion in an easily accessible location for service.
One (1) Telma Operation - First Two Stages off Throttle
13-15-159C
The Telma operation shall be first two stages off throttle, remaining stages off brake pedal.
One (1) Warranty - Telma Standard
91-75-0085
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
24
WARRANTY
Telma warrants to customers that the product shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship
and will confirm to applicable specifications. TRI shall, at its option, repair correct or replace any
product or part thereof which is defective in workmanship of material: provided, however, that TRI is
given prompt written notice of any failure (setting forth the alleged defect and pertinent delivery dates
showing that the product is covered under the warranty) occurring within the lesser of a) two (2) years
after the date of delivery to the first user of OEM product into which the product is installed of b) thirty
(30) months from original delivery of the product.
Please see the attached Telma Warranty document for complete details.
One (1) Heater - Engine, 1500 Watt, for Cummins X12 Engine
13-15-3300
ENGINE HEATER
A 110 volt, 1500 Watt direct immersion block heater shall be provided.
One (1) No Electrical Inlet Provided - Tied to Battery Charger Shoreline Connection
22-15-5300
No electrical inlet is provided, as the unit is tied to the shoreline connection of the battery charger.
One (1) Warranty - Cummins X12 Engine, 5 Year/100,000 Mile
91-75-004E
WARRANTY
Cummins provides a 5 year or 100,000 mile warranty on the X12 engine. See Cummins Warranty
Certificate for complete details of terms, conditions and deductibles.
One (1) Coolant Overflow Reservoir - 6 QT, Marauder 131/141"
13-00-760F
COOLANT OVERFLOW RESERVOIR
A six (6) quart coolant overflow reservoir shall be provided. It shall be located in the engine
compartment.
One (1) Silicone Hoses - Coolant/Heater
13-01-2100
SILICONE HOSES
All hoses in the cooling system shall be silicone type with stainless steel constant torque Oetiker clamps.
One (1) Skid Plate - Finish To Match Frame Rails
13-01-2400
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
25
SKID PLATE
A radiator skid plate shall be provided to protect the radiator from debris. The skid plate shall cover the
lower radiator tank and shall be finished to match the frame rails.
S One (1) Fuel Tank - 50 Gallon, S/S, Tractor Rear Axle Mount, with S/S Straps
13-08-090T
FUEL SYSTEM
The vehicle shall be furnished with a 50 gallon fuel tank mounted behind the rear tractor axle and just
below the frame rails using stainless steel straps. The tank shall be constructed of stainless steel and
equipped with a swash partition and vent. The fuel tank shall meet all FHWA requirements including a
fill capacity of 95% of tank volume and all DOT and FMVSS regulations for rollover protection. A 2"
diameter fill inlet, located on the top of the tank, shall be provided, on both sides. Fuel caps shall
be of brass or bronze construction, non-vented and have lead safety fuses. It shall be chained to inlet
tube or to the body sheet metal to prevent loss. Braided hoses shall be provided for the fuel lines. A 1/2"
NPT drain plug shall be located at the bottom of the tank. The tank shall be installed using stainless steel
straps and hardware, separated from the tank by a rubber insulating strip to prevent against chaffing. The
fuel tank pickup tube and sending unit shall be accessible without having to remove the tank.
ENGINE FUEL COOLER
An engine fuel cooler shall be provided on the apparatus. The engine fuel cooler shall cool the returning
fuel from the engine using the water from the water pump when provided, air when it is not.
One (1) Alternator - Delco, 430 Amp, Model 55SI
13-10-2500
ALTERNATOR
A 430 amp Delco alternator, model 55SI, shall be provided.
One (1) Air Cleaner - Donaldson® PowerCore®, Marauder
13-12-0500
AIR CLEANER
A Donaldson® PowerCore® dry type engine air cleaner shall be provided. It shall be installed in a
location so that the filter element can be easily serviced.
One (1) Air Restrict Indicator - Information Display Center
13-12-5500
AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN INFORMATION DISPLAY CENTER
An electrical engine air restriction indicator shall be provided and installed in the cab information display
center.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
26
One (1) DPF Re eneration Process
13-13-0030
DPF REGENERATION PROCESS
Per NFPA, the regeneration process shall be activated by two methods:
Automatically by the engine system but only when the transmission is in gear and the speedometer
indicates a speed above 5 mph (8km/hr) whether the apparatus is in motion or is operating in stationary
pump mode with an engine rpm sufficient to register 5 mph (8 km/hr) on the speedometer.
Manually when initiated by activation of a switch located in the driver's area of the driving
compartment.
There shall also be an inhibit black rocker switch placed near the driver to inhibit an automatic reburn.
One (1) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), Marauder
13-13-0050
DEF
The urea mixture, a solution of 2/3 water and 1/3 urea which reacts with NOx to create nitrogen and
water, shall be stored in a 10 gallon tank equipped with a level sensor and alarm to prevent run-out.
S One (1) DEF Access - Door in Driver's Side Crew Cab Step Area, Marauder
13-13-0053
DEF ACCESS
The DEF shall be filled via a vertically hinged aluminum tread plate door with a 1/4 turn latch. The door
shall be located over the intermediate step in the driver's side crew cab step area.
A viewing slot shall be provided in the vertical surface of the left crew cab step riser below the
intermediate step. The slot shall be marked with a black line to indicate the maximum DEF fill level.
Fill neck shall be as low as possible to facilite filling the DEF tank, previous apparatus, neck was
too high and not able to fill through door.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
27
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) DEF Fill Line Label - Marauder
13-13-0056
LABEL
A photo metal label to denote the Full Line of the DEF tank shall be installed in the crew cab step well.
One (1) Fast Idle - Switched on Dash
13-15-4100
FAST IDLE SWITCH
A fast idle switch shall activate an engine high idle. The circuit shall be wired through the neutral
safety/parking brake interlock to prevent activation when the transmission is in the road mode. Fast idle
shall be set at 1000 RPM's. A black rocker switch located inside the cab convenient to the driver shall be
provided for this system.
One (1) Nameplate- Lubrication Capacity, On Driver's Door, Interior Face
13-15-5010
LUBRICATION NAMEPLATE
A nameplate shall be installed that specifies the quantity and type of the following fluids used in the
vehicle and tire information:
Engine oil
Engine coolant
Chassis transmission fluid
Pump transmission lubrication fluid
Pump priming system fluid, if applicable
Drive axle(s) lubrication fluid
Air condition refrigerant
Air conditioning lubrication fluid
Power steering fluid
Cab tilt mechanism fluid
Transfer case fluid
Fuel
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
Auto Lubrication System lubricant, if applicable
Equipment rack fluid, if applicableFoam system lubricant, if applicableGenerator system lubricant, if applicable
Aerial Hydraulic Fluid, if applicable
Front tire size and cold pressure
Inner tire size and cold pressure, if applicable
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
28
Rear tire size and cold pressure
Trailer tire size and cold pressure, if applicable
Maximum tire speed ratings
Ambient operating temperature
Paint colors and codes
A layer of Velvet Polycarbonate shall overlay the lettering to protect it. The lubrication nameplate shall
be installed on the interior face of the driver's door, near the hinge and below the window controls.
One (1) Chassis - Trailer, 100 Ft, TDA
18-00-0100
TRAILER FRAME
The trailer frame shall be of the curved gooseneck design, welded channel construction, incorporating a
forward section for the turntable and rearward section for the body and tiller station. The frame is to have
a 110,000 PSI yield and a minimum resistance to bending moment of 2,300,000 in lbs. per rail.
The distance from the center line of the tiller axle to the trailer frame cut off shall be 126.0"
S One (1) Gooseneck Cover
18-00-0199
GOOSENECK COVER
A painted job color smooth aluminum cover at the bottom of the gooseneck to protect and cove the
area. (Reference SO 76440 for concept.)
One (1) Fifth Wheel - TDA
18-02-0100
FIFTH WHEEL
A heavy duty fifth wheel shall be provided with a monorace bearing of a minimum of 3" x 30" in
diameter. The mounting plate shall be bolted to the tractor frame rails using .75" grade 8 bolts. The
longitudinal pivot shall utilize two (2) 1.75" minimum diameter 4340 heat treated steel greaseable pins
mounted in double shear.
One (1) Tiller Steering - Harrison IHT (Required w/ Hydraulic Generator)
18-02-0550
TILLER STEERING
The tiller steering shall be driven by a Harrison generator with Integrated Hydraulic Technology (IHT).
The IHT-Integrated system shall include an 80 cc pump, function manifold and cooler assembly with
thermostat.
One (1) Trailer/Tiller Axle - Dana D2200W with Meritor Disc Brakes, 21,500 LB, TDA 100'
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
29
18-03-0200
AXLE
The trailer axle shall be Dana Model D-2200W with auto slacks, Meritor EX225 air disc brakes and a
rated capacity of 21,500 lbs. Chrome plated wheel nut covers shall be furnished.
One (1) Tiller Suspension - Air, Ridewell 227, with Air Reservoir, 21,500 LB, TDA
18-05-0200
SUSPENSION
The tiller axle suspension, (up to 21,500 lb), shall be a Ridewell RAS-227 air type. Heavy duty sway and
stabilizer bars as well as shock absorbers shall be provided. A 1250 cubic inch air reservoir will be
provided to supply the required air for the suspension, with a remote mounted drain.
One (1) Isolated Air Tank Drain Valve(s) - Manual (Ea)
10-28-290P
One (1) drain valve(s) on the isolated air reservoirs shall be manual.
One (1) Tiller Brakes Air Reservoir
18-07-0100
BRAKES AIR RESERVOIR
A 1250 cubic inch air reservoir shall be provided for the brakes, with a remote mounted drain. The
system is to meet or exceed current FMVSS-121 requirements.
One (1) Isolated Air Tank Drain Valve(s) - Manual (Ea)
10-28-290P
One (1) drain valve(s) on the isolated air reservoirs shall be manual.
One (1) Access Panel - Trailer Air Tank
18-07-0200
ACCESS PANEL
There shall be an access panel provided to allow access to the trailer air tank.
One (1) Trailer Brake Piping - Nylon
18-07-1000
NYLON BRAKE PIPING
Nylon brake lines shall be provided in the trailer frame.
Two (2) Tiller Tire - MI/425/65R22.5/XZY3/On/Off 11,400/11,400 LB (Ea)
18-12-M410
TILLER TIRES
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
30
The two (2) tiller axle tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.5, XZY3, load range "L", on/off road tread
(heavy loads and slower speeds, operating on a mixture of improved secondary and aggressive road
surface). This tire has a nominal rating of 11,400 pounds with a top speed of 65 mph and an intermittent
fire service rating of 11,400 pounds at a top speed of 65 mph.
Two (2) Wheels - Aluminum Disc, Polished, Hub Piloted, Tiller Axle (Ea)
18-13-0020
TILLER WHEELS
The two (2) tiller wheels shall be Alcoa polished aluminum disc type and hub piloted. Chrome plated nut
covers shall be furnished.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "Baby Moon", Tiller Axle
18-13-0120
TILLER AXLE HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "Baby Moon" type hub caps shall be provided on the tiller axle.
S One (1) Tow Eyes - (2) Cut Plate, Chrome Plated (TDA)
18-15-0200
TOW EYES
Two (2) cut plate chrome plated rear tow eyes are to be provided. They shall be bolted (welding not
acceptable) directly to the trailer frame rails.
Provide and install two (2) 9000 pound straight pull label for rear tow eyes labels to be located at
final inspection.
S One (1) Receiver Tubes For Pintel Eye
18-22-0409
RECEIVER TUBES
A receiver tube shall be furnished each side of trailer aft of the outrigger in the aluminum
treadplate pocket. Each shall be rated for 9000 straight pull capacity.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S One (1) Clevis Tye Off Points On Trailer Frame
18-22-0410
CLEVIS TYE OFF POINTS
There shall be one clevis attached to each side of the frame above and forward of the fifth wheel.
They shall be rated at #9000 maximum straight pull. They shall be painted job color.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
32
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Cab - S/S, Full Tilting, 131" Marauder
20-00-660A
STAINLESS STEEL FULL TILTING MARAUDER CAB
The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall provide roll cage strength and safety.
The stainless steel cab shall be made in the factory of the bidder and must utilize the bidder's
top-of-the-line technology and manufacturing techniques. The entire cab shall tilt forward 45 degrees for
engine access. No plastic, fiberglass, or aluminum shall be used in the construction of the cab sub-frame,
floor assembly, front assembly, side assemblies, back wall assemblies or roof assembly.
CAB DIMENSIONS
The back wall of the 131" cab shall measure 62" from the center of the front axle. The cab shall have an
inside width of 91" and outside width of 96".
CAB MOUNTING
A four point mounting system shall be provided. The cab mounting system shall consist of two (2) front
pivot mounts fabricated of steel and two (2) rear cab mounts that are isolated from the chassis frame by
center bonded rubber isolators. Each front pivot mount shall consist of a greaseless pin and a
multi-layered, self-lubricating, composite bearing. The outer layer of the bearing shall be high-durometer
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
33
rubber to isolate road vibrations and shock.
CUSTOM CAB DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
SUB-FRAME
The sub-frame shall be stainless steel plate and tube welded to 3” x 4” rectangular structural steel tubes,
with the 4” stainless steel tubing used in a vertical orientation. All joints shall have continuous welds;
stitch welding shall not acceptable. The sub-frame shall be designed as a continuous structure from the
front to the back of the cab. It shall be used to support the cab while tilting, join front pivots to the cab
locks, and to join the cab to the chassis. Pocketing of the sub-frame shall not be acceptable.
FRONT ASSEMBLY
The safety cage section at the front of the cab shall be constructed of 1.25” stainless steel tubing and
shall join the front door posts together with the main sub-frame. There shall be a 2.50” x 1.50” x .25”
heavy wall lower cross tube that joins the cab sills together to prevent cab twisting when tilting the cab.
The front fire walls shall be set back from the front assembly structure to provide added protection in a
frontal crash. The outer cab skin shall not be an integral structural member, although it shall help stiffen
the cab front face.
CAB FLOORS
All floor components shall be welded directly to the sub-frame. The floor shall be constructed of 50,000
psi stainless steel.
SIDE WALL ASSEMBLIES AND DOORS
The safety cage on the sides shall be constructed of 1.25” stainless steel tubing. Both side wall
assemblies shall be joined to the sub-frame via thick tubular structures, using heavy fillet welds. This
shall strengthen the walls to withstand high roof loading. The side wall outer skins shall be integral with
the cab structure as well as additional formed components to help stiffen side wall assemblies. There
shall be 1.25” of insulating foam between the exterior and interior side walls. The structure shall be
reinforced for cab entry grab handle mountings.
The front door hinge mount (aka “A” pillar) shall be a 2” x 3” tube with a .19” thick wall. The rear door
hinge mount (aka “C” pillar) shall be equivalent to a 12 gauge formed channel with .19” thick tapping
bar.
BACK WALL ASSEMBLY
The safety cage on the back wall shall be constructed of 1.25” stainless steel tubing. It shall join the roof
to the floor assembly. Construction of the back wall assembly shall utilize a minimum of 12 gauge
stainless steel material and the design shall provide crush protection in the event of a rollover. The back
wall structure shall be uniform, regardless of the seating choices. All seat mounts and seat belt mounts
shall use weld nuts to eliminate pull outs and stripped threads. The outer skins shall not be an integral
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
34
structural member. 1.25” of insulating foam shall be located between the exterior and interior back
walls.
ROOF ASSEMBLY
The perimeter structure of the safety cage roof assembly shall be tied by repeating 1.25” stainless steel
tubing to maximize loading potential across the whole roof. The fabricated and welded roof sills and
front header shall be made of 50,000 psi stainless steel material. The corner caps shall utilize spun metal
technology thus retaining the metal’s strength while producing a very rigid corner joint. The side roof
covering (rolled edges) shall be constructed of stainless steel formed in a quarter round. It shall form a
hollow double wall, angle reinforced roof edge with an integral drip rail. There shall be 1.25” of
insulating foam between the exterior roof and interior ceiling.
One (1) Cab Entrance Doors - (4) Barrier Style, Marauder
20-00-8210
CAB DOOR CONSTRUCTION - BARRIER CLEARING
The four (4) cab doors shall be barrier clearing and fabricated from stainless steel (No exceptions). The
cab doors shall be 34.75" wide. The interior and exterior door handles to be flush mounted paddle style
with a Trimark TM202 keyed lock incorporated in the exterior handle and lever control lock incorporated
in the interior handle. One (1) key per door shall be provided. Six (6) inch wide strap style door checks
shall be provided. The door check’s straps shall have a tensile strength of 120 lbs/in of width. The
door’s latch locking mechanism shall make it impossible to lock oneself out of the cab unless locked with
the supplied key. Doors shall be hung on stainless steel full length hinges attached to cab and door with
.25" bolts. The hinges for each door shall be of one-piece 304-2B stainless steel construction with ¼
stainless steel pins and 0.090 gauge leaves with 2” joints and a 3” width opening. Doors shall meet
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #206. The doors shall be designed so as to allow the windows to
roll completely down.
Entrance step wells to the driver's and officer's positions shall be a minimum of 26" wide and the rear
crew step wells shall be 26" wide. They shall be "spaced" from the step well walls at front, rear and side
to prevent trapping of dirt and other residue. Entrance steps shall be made of expanded grating. The
front, rear and back wall of the step wells shall be covered with aluminum tread plates.
One (1) Front Door Opening - Approx 90 Degrees w/ Add'l Handles (NA Aerialscopes)
20-00-8410
The front cab doors shall open approximately 90 degrees. An additional 6" chrome handle on the inner
cab door panel in the upper front corner shall be installed on each front door to assist in closing.
One (1) Rear Crew Door Opening - Approximately 90 Degrees
20-00-8450
The rear crew cab doors shall open approximately 90 degrees.
One (1) Inner Cab Door Panels - Dark Gray LINE-X® (4)
20-50-501G
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
35
INNER DOOR PANELS – DARK GRAY LINE-X® (4)
The upper inside bolt-on panel on each cab door shall be removable and shall be constructed of
aluminum covered with dark gray LINE-X®.
One (1) Reflective Chevron on (4) Inner Cab Door Panels
20-50-6000
All four (4) cab passenger compartment doors shall have at least 96 square inches of reflective material
affixed to the inside of each door to alert traffic when the door is open. The reflective material shall be a
chevron design that complies with NFPA requirements.
One (1) Cab Tilt Mechanism - S/S, Full Tilt, Marauder
20-00-8500
CAB TILT
The cab shall tilt a minimum of 45 degrees for normal servicing of the engine and other equipment. The
tilt cab locking system shall be a two-point type that locks automatically when the cab is lowered into its
nested position. The cab tilt package is custom designed for safety and ease of vehicle maintenance. The
hydraulic tilting system consists of two (2) heavy-duty single acting cylinders equipped with velocity
fuses at the cylinder base in case of any failure in the operating mode. The power supply is a high
efficiency electric over hydraulic system with an integral mechanical override in case of battery failure.
All components and parts are designed for installation with a minimum of 3 to 1 safety factor based on
current S.A.E. standards. The cab tilt is interlocked to park brake applied and transmission in neutral.
In addition to the velocity fuses, a secondary safety system shall be provided to hold cab in the fully
raised position in the event of a failure in the primary lift mechanism. It shall consist of a metal channel
device, which automatically drops over the extended rod of the left side hydraulic lift cylinder thereby
preventing its retraction. The safety channel can only be released through an overt action made by the
operator such as pulling a lever or cable. Automatic release of the safety system shall not be acceptable.
The cab tilt system shall be remotely controlled utilizing a cable with a hand held push button device
which is to plug into a receptacle in the bumper area on the left-hand side of the cab. The cable shall be
of sufficient length so as to be able to see both sides of the cab. The receptacle shall have a
spring-loaded weatherproof cover. The tilt controller and cable shall be shipped loose.
One (1) Cab Floor - Entire Cab, Pebble Finish Matting, Marauder
20-25-4500
ENTIRE CAB FLOOR
The entire cab floor shall be covered with a black mat that functions as a sound dampening barrier. The
mat shall have a pebble textured heavy-duty wear surface and be laminated to a foam underlay. The mat
shall be composed of a vinyl-nitrile blend, which is the base material used in IV tubes and blood bags; it
is not affected by blood or other body fluids.
One (1) Cab Floor - Forward Cab, ATP Overlay, Marauder
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
36
20-25-4510
FORWARD CAB FLOOR
Aluminum tread plate flooring shall be installed over the insulated forward cab floor matting. The
aluminum tread plate shall be 1/8" thick. Flooring shall be removable in sections and may be notched
around floor mounted components.
One (1) Cab Floor - Crew Cab, ATP Overlay, Marauder
20-25-4610
CREW CAB FLOOR
Aluminum tread plate flooring shall be installed over the insulated crew cab floor matting. The aluminum
tread plate shall be 1/8" thick. Flooring shall be removable in sections and may be notched around floor
mounted components.
One (1) Rear Cab Wall Exterior Finish - Full ATP
20-00-68B1
ATP OVERLAY ON BACK OF CAB
An aluminum tread plate overlay shall be provided over the entire exterior rear wall of the cab.
One (1) Cab Grille - Front, Raised Bezel Surround, Horizontal Bars
20-00-6905
CAB GRILLE - HORIZONTAL BARS AND RAISED BEZEL SURROUND
The cab front opening shall be covered with a custom made stainless steel grille that shall be fabricated
in the bidder's factory. The grille shall have formed horizontal bars spaced apart on 2" centers. The
upper stainless steel grille shall have a matching lower counterpart to further facilitate engine cooling.
The two (2) stainless grilles shall be housed in a custom, raised bezel.
One (1) Front Grille & Raised Surrounds - Polished, Chrome Finish
20-00-6920
Both the upper and lower front, center raised surround bezels and the two (2) grilles shall have a polished
chrome finish.
One (1) Upper Raised Bezel Surrounds, with Panels, (2)
20-00-698A
UPPER RAISED BEZEL SURROUNDS, WITH PANELS
A custom raised bezel shall be installed on the front face of the cab, on each side of the front grille.
Housed within each bezel shall be a removable panel, painted job color. The removable panel shall
provide service access to the forward side, firewall mounted electrical connections and wiring harness.
One (1) Upper Raised Headlight Bezel Surrounds - Chrome Finish
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
37
20-00-698K
The upper raised headlight bezel surrounds shall have a bright chrome finish.
One (1) Front Grille Script Nameplate - Mirror Finish,for Grille w/Raised Bezel Surround
20-00-SR10
FRONT GRILLE SCRIPT NAMEPLATE
A "Seagrave" nameplate, fabricated from AISI 304 stainless steel, with mirror finish, shall be located on
the lower front engine cooling intake grille of the cab.
One (1) Engine Air Inlet Grille & Ember Separator, Marauder
20-00-69MV
ENGINE AIR INTAKE GRILLE WITH WATER/EMBER SEPARATOR
The air intake shall be concealed behind the cab grille. The water and ember separator shall set behind
the cab grille on the officer’s side. This may be cleaned or replaced by tilting the cab.
One (1) Cab Roof - S/S, Flat, Marauder
20-00-7410
FLAT ROOF
A flat roof shall be provided with an interior floor to ceiling height of 57".
One (1) Exterior Cab Roof Finish - Paint
20-00-78A1
PAINTED CAB ROOF
The exterior surface of the cab roof shall be painted in compliance with the cab paint specifications
detailed elsewhere in this specification document.
S One (1) ATP OVERLAY
20-00-78A2
ATP OVERLAY
A 49" x 58" area on the cab roof, centered to the rear of the air conditioner condensor shall be an
Aluminum treadplate overlay.
One (1) Cab Steps - Front, Intermediate in Cab Step Wells, Partial, Marauder Only
20-00-911A
FRONT INTERMEDIATE CAB STEPS
Two (2) stationary steps shall be provided, one at each front cab door. The steps shall be approximately
12.0” long, have a 9.0” radius, and be located to the front of each cab step well. The steps shall be
constructed of aluminum grating.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
38
One (1) Cab Steps - Rear Crew, Intermediate in Cab Step Wells, Partial, Marauder Onl
20-00-911D
REAR CREW INTERMEDIATE CAB STEPS
Two (2) stationary steps shall be provided, one at each rear crew cab door. The steps shall be
approximately 12.0” long, have a 9.0” radius, and be located to the front of each cab step well. The steps
shall be constructed of aluminum grating.
One (1) Doors - (2) Cab, Side Access, 25" High, Marauder
20-00-9510
CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR
Two (2) stainless steel cab side access doors shall be provided on the cab, one each side between the
front doors and front crew cab windows. Door openings shall be approximately 13.00" wide x 25.00"
high. The doors shall open a minimum of 90 degrees.
One (1) Cab Side Access Doors Hinged at Rear Edge
20-00-960B
The cab side access doors shall be vertically hinged at the rear edge.
One (1) Cab Side Access Door Stays - (2) Strap Style
20-00-960G
The doors shall each have a strap style door stay.
Doors shall open past 90 degrees, allowing inner door pan to clear inner sealing flange.
One (1) Cab Side Access Door Latch Position - Lower Part of Door
20-00-960P
The "D" handle type latches shall be provided on the lower part of the door.
One (1) Keyed Locks for (2) Cab Side Access Doors (#1250 Keys)
20-00-961L
KEYED LOCKS
There shall be keyed locks for both the cab side access doors. The driver's side and officer's side access
doors shall be keyed alike with #1250 keys. One (1) key shall be provided per lock.
One (1) Scuff Plates - (2) Cab Side Access Door Frame, S/S, Brushed
20-00-9665
CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR FRAME SCUFF PLATES
A brushed stainless steel scuff plate shall be installed on the striker side of each cab side access door
frame and shall run the full height of the door opening. The scuff plate shall be a single bend
configuration that guards the outer door frame post from damage and chips to the paint.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
39
Two (2) Compartment - Cab Side Access, 10"w x 21"d x 28"h, for 25" Door
20-00-9713
CAB SIDE ACCESS COMPARTMENT
An enclosed storage compartment shall be located on the side of the cab between the forward door and
the crew door. The compartment shall be accessed by the cab side access door. The compartment shall
measure 10" wide x 28" high x 21" deep. It shall be constructed of 1/8" aluminum. The exterior shall
have a Line-X® coating.
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1900, current edition.
S Two (2) Cab Access Angles
20-00-97PW
CAB ACCESS ANGLES
Aluminum angles, approximately 1.5" high, covered with Dark Gray LINE-X are to be installed on
top of each cab side access compartment, angles shall come together in the inboard corners
forming a tray.
Two (2) Side Access Compt Exterior Finish - Dark Gray LINE-X®
20-00-985G
The side access compartment exterior shall have a dark gray LINE-X® coating.
Two (2) Side Access Compt Location - Driver's Side & Officer's Side
20-00-9870
The side access compartment shall be located on the driver's side and the officer's side.
S Two (2) Velcro Straps (Ea)
20-00-98PW
VELCRO STRAPS
One (1) velcro strap 2" black in color, with footman loops shall be provided for on top of each cab
access compartment, two (2) Straps total. Shall be foldover style going front to back of the
apparatus. Shall be mounted at final inspection, The forward portion of the Velcro strap shall have
a 12” fixed portion with D-Loop, the rear shall fold over through the D-Loop, reference photo.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
40
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Two (2) Shelf - Adjustable, 1/8" Aluminum with DA Finish (Ea)
21-15-2010
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Two (2) adjustable shelf or shelves shall be provided in the cab compartment. Each shelf shall be made
from 1/8" aluminum sheet metal and have welded corners and a DA finish on the outside edge of the
shelf. It shall be supported by four (4) stainless steel angles bolted to "Alumastrut" tracks.
If more than one of the same compartment is provided, then the shelves shall be equally distributed.
Two (2) Finish - Cab Compartment Interior, Mill Finish (Ea Compt)
91-01-0210
FINISH – CAB COMPARTMENT INTERIOR(S)
Two (2) cab compartment interior(s) shall have no finish applied.
If a hinged door is provided, the door interior shall match the compartment interior.
One (1) Cab Side Access Door Lights - (2) ROM LED, (1) Strip Light Per Door
23-25-0010
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS - LED
Each cab side access door shall have a ROM LED lighting strip installed. The full height lighting strip
shall be mounted vertically at the hinged side of the cab door. The LED lights shall be mounted in an
anodized aluminum track. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be used to activate light.
One (1) Inner Liners - Front, Aluminum
20-05-2020
FRONT ALUMINUM INNER LINERS
Semi-circular inner liners shall be provided in each front wheel housing. They shall be constructed of
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
41
aluminum and shall be bolted in place so they may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal
screws are not acceptable. The outside edge of the inner liner shall be bolted along its entire length. The
bottom edge of liner shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Fenderettes - Front, S/S
20-05-2110
FRONT FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed in the front wheel openings. They shall be
sufficiently wide to completely cover the front tire and reduce wheel splash along the sides of the cab.
They shall be installed with 1/4" hex head bolts (self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable) and
have a full width rubber welt placed between the fenderette and body wheel well opening flange.
Outside edge of welting shall form a "V" bead between fender and cab side face to prevent moisture from
entering. Inside edge shall also have a small raised bead. Outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel
opening shall be rolled inward to eliminate a sharp edge and avoid injury when cleaning apparatus.
One (1) Mud Flaps - Front, Rubber
20-07-010R
FRONT MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty mud flaps with the manufacturer's "script and flame logos" placed on the rear face shall be
provided and installed to the rear of the front wheels. Flaps shall be 14" wide and be made of 0.38"
heavy duty rubber material to prevent "sailing".
One (1) Mud Flaps - Rear, Rubber
20-07-020R
REAR MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty rear mud flaps with the manufacturer's "script and flame logo" placed on the rear face shall
be provided and installed to the rear of the rear dual wheels. Flaps shall be 24" wide and be made of
0.38" heavy duty rubber material to prevent "sailing".
One (1) Mud Flaps -Tiller Wheels, Rubber
20-07-040R
TILLER WHEELS MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty rear mud flaps with the manufacturer's "script and flame logo" placed on the rear face shall
be provided and installed to the rear of the tiller wheels. Flaps shall be 24" wide and be made of 0.38"
heavy duty rubber material to prevent "sailing".
S One (1) Mirrors - (2) Velvac #2030, Heated, Chrome, 9x14, w/Remote, Incl Convex
20-10-3600
MIRRORS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
42
Two (2) "Velvac" 2030 chrome heated mirrors with remote shall be cowl mounted, one each side of the
cab. The mirror heads shall be a flat 9" x 14" section and a separate add on top hat convex upper
section.
One (1) Mirror Wiring - through Ignition
20-10-4900
The mirrors shall be wired through the ignition.
One (1) Windshield - Tinted
20-12-0300
WINDSHIELD
The windshield shall be of tinted automotive laminated safety plate glass with a curved two-piece design.
The windshield shall have approximately 2900 square inches of visual area. Right and left hand
windshield glass shall be symmetrical and interchangeable from side to side to minimize spare parts stock
and expense. Windshield shall be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding with a bright
finish, decorative, locking bead. Cab shall be finish painted prior to windshield glass being installed.
One (1) Windshield Wipers & Washers, Marauder
20-12-0305
WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS
One (1) wet arm operated windshield wiper shall be provided for each plate of windshield glass for
accessibility and optimum windshield wiping surface areas. Wipers shall be two speed type with
intermittent wiping feature. One (1) control switch shall be provided and located on the self-canceling
directional switch for both wiper arms. The switch shall combine the on/off (automatic park position),
two speed, intermittent and washer functions in one control. The turning switch shall activate the wipers
and control speed, and pushing it shall operate the washers.
WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
A four (4) quart windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be provided. It shall be accessed in the driver’s
step well with a remote fill. A visual inspection shall be possible without tilting the cab (NO
EXCEPTIONS).
S One (1) Door Glass - Electric Power Windows, Tinted, Marauder
20-12-2710
DOOR WINDOWS
A retractable window with automotive type tempered safety glass shall be provided in all four (4) cab
doors. All glass shall be tinted. Glass shall slide in stainless steel side channels with cloth/fiber liners.
Rubberized fiber seals shall be located at the bottom of the window opening to prevent water and debris
from entering the interior of the door when the glass is up (or down). A seal shall be placed on both
sides (interior and exterior) of the glass. The front door glass shall be 23.75" high x 25.75" wide upper
and 27.50" wide lower. The rear door glass shall be 23.75" high x 30" wide. The door window openings
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
43
shall be trimmed on the exterior side with a smooth, black, poly vinyl chloride (PVC) molding
Electric power window regulator shall be manufactured by the Muncy Corporation and shall be the
enclosed, sliding flexible shaft, gear type for ease of operation and reliability. The shaft shall enter a
vinyl plastic protective sheath whenever it is exposed. A 12 volt electric motor with gear reduction box to
slow driven gear rpm and increase power transmission shall be provided.
The power windows shall be wired hot off the battery switch.
One (1) Driver's Door Glass Switch - on Driver's Dash
20-12-2792
DRIVER'S DOOR GLASS SWITCH
An individual black window switch for the driver's electric door window shall be provided on the driver's
dash.
Aftermarket add-on type electric power window conversion devices like the type that replaces the crank
arm will not be acceptable.
One (1) Officer's Door Glass Switch - on Officer's Dash
20-12-2796
OFFICER'S DOOR GLASS SWITCH
An individual black window switch for the officer's electric door window shall be provided on the
officer's dash.
Aftermarket add-on type electric power window conversion devices like the type that replaces the crank
arm will not be acceptable.
One (1) Crew Door Glass Switches - on Crew's Doors
20-12-2798
CREW DOOR GLASS SWITCHES
An individual black window switch for the crew electric door windows shall be provided on the crew
doors.
Aftermarket add-on type electric power window conversion devices like the type that replaces the crank
arm will not be acceptable.
One (1) Additional Switches - (3) to Allow Driver to Operate all Power Windows
20-12-3000
ADDITIONAL SWITCHES
Three (3) additional black window switches, shall be provided to allow the driver to operate all power
cab door windows.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
44
S One (1) Power Door Locks - (4) Cab Entrance Doors
20-13-0020
POWER CAB DOOR LOCKS
The four (4) cab entrance doors shall be furnished with electric operated locks. The driver's side
instrument panel shall have one (1) control to operate all cab door locks.
Shall be wired battery direct.
Two (2) momentary switches shall be installed in the Cab Access Compartments on the forward
wall up high outboard to control the locks in addition to the keyless and driver dash switch.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Power Door Locks Keyless Remote System
20-13-0040
KEYLESS REMOTE
A keyless remote system with two (2) fob transmitters shall be provided to operate the cab entrance
doors.
One (1) Glass - Side Crew Cab, Sliding, Tinted, Marauder
20-14-1410
SLIDING CREW CAB SIDE GLASS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
45
There shall be a side window on each side of the cab between the doors. They shall be tinted and be
manufactured of automotive tempered safety glass. They shall be the sliding type with anodized
aluminum frames and felt lined slide guide channels. Each window shall be 23" high x 17" wide to
provide maximum vision. They shall be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding with
chrome plated, decorative, locking bead. The cab shall be finish painted prior to window glass being
installed.
Locking interior handles shall be provided. Provision shall be made to drain the exposed guide channel
of water and other debris.
One (1) Side Crew Window - Slides Horizontally w/ Vertical Divider
20-14-141Y
The sliding side crew window shall slide horizontally with a vertical divider.
One (1) Crew Cab Windows Tint - Dark Privacy, Aftermarket (MAR)
20-14-2910
CREW CAB WINDOWS TINT
An aftermarket dark privacy tint shall be applied to all the door and window glass in the crew cab.
One (1) No Rear of Cab Windows Required
20-14-4900
One (1) Cab Door Hinges - (4) Polished Finish
20-16-9020
CAB DOOR HINGES
The following exterior cab door hinges shall be polished: passenger front left side, passenger rear left
side, passenger front right side, passenger rear right side and any cab side access doors present.
Two (2) Cab Rear Wall Pike Pole Mount - Head Down (Ea)
20-16-9130
CAB REAR PIKE POLE MOUNT
Two (2) pike pole mounts shall be installed on the back of the cab. The mounts shall consist of an ATP
sleeve on the bottom to hold the hook, and a PAC TRAC 1004 Holder with a black handle, to secure the
handle. The mount shall be designed to hold a 6' NY Roof Hook with a steel handle, mounted
approximately 48" from the bottom of the cab upward, and T-handle shall go from outboard to inboard
on the apparatus.
The ATP body mount shall have drain holes.
The mounts shall be installed inboard of the telescoping lights, if provided.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
46
Two (2) Pike Pole Mount Cab Locations - Driver & Officer Sides (Ea)
20-16-9154
The two (2) pike pole mount(s) shall be located on both the driver and officer sides of the cab, one each
side.
Two (2) Roof Hook - 6', Fire Hooks "NY" #RH-6 with Steel Handle (Ea)
90-05-5000
ROOF HOOK(s)
Two (2) 6 ft. Fire Hooks "NY" fire hook(s) model RH-6 with handle(s) shall be provided.
One (1) Cab Exterior Handrails - (4) AL Knurled, Surface Mt, Marauder
20-18-0210
CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
Four (4) 24" handrails shall be installed on the side of the cab, one just to the rear of each cab door. The
handrails shall be 1-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, with a bright anodized finish.
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body with 1/4" stainless steel
hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have a rubberized gasket placed between them and the body surface they
are mounted on. A drain hole shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
One (1) Cab Interior Grab Handles - Marauder
20-18-0510
CAB INTERIOR GRAB HANDLES
The following grab handles shall be provided on the interior of the cab and cab doors:
Four (4) 6" chrome grab handles shall be provided, one on the inside of each cab door:
Two (2) 12" rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on the driver's side and officer's side
front A-pillar, above the door hinge, to assist in entry to the cab.
One (1) Crew Cab Interior Grab Handles - 12" Rubber Covered, Marauder
20-18-0610
CREW CAB INTERIOR GRAB HANDLES
Two (2) 12" rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on each rear crew door hinged-pillar, on
the hinged side of the door, to assist in entry to the cab.
One (1) Handrail - 18", AL, Knurled, Horiz, Front of Cab, Centered below Windshield
20-18-1015
FRONT OF CAB HANDRAIL
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
47
One (1) 18" knurled aluminum handrail shall be provided and installed horizontally on the front of the
cab, centered below the windshields.
S One (1) Grab Handle - Additional, 8", Linex Covered, Interior Only (Ea)
20-18-1100
ADDITIONAL GRAB HANDLE(S)
One (1) 8" black linex covered grab handle(s) shall be provided and installed in the cab.
Shall be located on the crew cab ceiling, front to back orientation, between the seats each side,
approximately 11" from back wall of cab.
One (1) Marauder Crash Test Report - Chassis and Cab
20-20-0100
MARAUDER CRASH TEST
The cab shall be certified for the following tests:
SAE J2420: Cab Over Engine (COE) Front Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading - Heavy
Trucks
SAE J2422: Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi Static Loading - Heavy Trucks
ECE Regulation 29: Protection of Occupants of Cab in Commercial Vehicle
Performance Measure:
After undergoing each test, the cab of the vehicle shall exhibit a survival space accommodating a 50th
percentile male ATD in the median position without contact between the manikin and non-resilient parts
for all seating positions.
None of the doors shall open during the tests.
The cab attachments may be distorted or fractured, however, the cab shall remain attached to the
vehicle frame in at least one attachment location.
One (1) Helmet Holder - Body
20-20-4015
HELMET HOLDER - BODY
The helmets shall be stored in the body in accordance with NFPA 1900 current regulations:
Location for helmet storage shall be provided.
If helmets are to be stored in the driving or crew compartment, the helmets shall be secured in
compliance.
One (1) Helmet Caution Labels (for 4 Door Cab and Tiller Cab)
20-20-4028
CAUTION LABELS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
48
FAMA 15 caution labels shall be posted in the main cab and the tiller cab so that they shall be visible
from each seat position. The labels shall read: “Do Not Wear Helmets While Seated”.
One (1) Headliner - Padded, Acoustical, Gray
20-25-080G
HEADLINER
The cab shall be provided with a removable gray headliner for ease of servicing the electrical wiring
placed in the cab roof. The headliner shall consist of 3 layers of material. Next to the roof shall be a
layer of acoustical insulation made of polyester and polypropylene fibers. The next layer is 1/4" thick
Luann. Finally, there is a 1/4" thick layer of foam/perforated acoustical vinyl.
The headliner shall be the multi-piece type (minimum of three (3) sections) so that the entire liner does
not have to be removed for localized maintenance.
One (1) Back Liner - Padded, Acoustical, Gray
20-25-090G
BACK LINER
The cab shall be provided with a removable gray back liner for ease of servicing the electrical wiring
placed in the cab back wall. The back liner shall consist of 3 layers of material. Next to the rear wall
shall be a layer of acoustical insulation made of polyester and polypropylene fibers. The next layer is
1/4" thick Luann. Finally, there is a 1/4" thick layer of foam/perforated acoustical vinyl.
The back liner shall be the multi-piece type (minimum of three (3) sections) so that the entire liner does
not have to be removed for localized maintenance.
One (1) Crew Door Head Bumpers - (2) Vinyl, Padded, Gray
20-25-094G
HEAD BUMPERS
Two (2) padded gray vinyl head bumpers shall be provided each side on the interior of the cab above the
crew doors in the header area.
One (1) Engine Enclosure - Dark Gray LINE-X®, Marauder
20-25-101G
ENGINE ENCLOSURE
The engine enclosure structure shall have a 1-1/4" thick inner lining, on the engine side, comprised of
aluminized foil and foam/barrier composite for heat insulation. The tunnel cover shall have 1/2"
decoupled foam lower and 1" decoupled foam upper covering, on the cab interior side, for noise
insulation. The top forward portion of the hood shall have a full-width riser with a sloped face for the
installation of the switch panel. The sloped panels shall be used for vehicle accessory controls. A
minimum of 1" shall be provided between the right edge of the accelerator pedal and the side of the
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
49
engine hood. A removable cover over the engine enclosure and insulation shall be coated with dark gray
LINE-X® to act as an insulator for sound and engine temperature, as well as to provide an easy-to-clean
work surface.
In order to optimize in-cab vision and seating space for the driver, officer and crew members while
properly seated and belted in turn-out gear, the maximum overall dimensions of the engine enclosure
shall not exceed:
26.25" from floor to top of engine tunnel between driver and officer
26.25" from floor to top of engine tunnel at front center dash panel
31.25” from floor to top of driver and officer dash panels
ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRUCTURE
The top portion of the engine enclosure shall have a 1/8" thick aluminum channel frame located between
the engine tunnel structure and the cover to support the cover and facilitate mounting of accessories and
equipment.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
An access door shall be provided at the rear of the engine enclosure for routine engine fluid checks. The
access door shall be insulated from engine heat with aluminized foil/foam/barrier composite and sealed
to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the crew cab. The engine access door shall measure
approximately 27.5" wide x 11.25" high.
One (1) Removable Engine Tunnel Panels (Marauder Only)
20-25-1095
REMOVABLE PANELS - TUNNEL
A set of access panels with a LINE-X® coating to match the engine tunnel shell shall be installed on top
of the engine tunnel shell. They shall only provide access into the area beneath the shell and not into the
actual engine tunnel. They shall be approximately the full width of the tunnel and shall be provided on
each side of the horizontal split.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
50
_____________________________________________________________________
One (1) Steering Wheel - Tilt/Telescoping
20-25-3000
18" STEERING WHEEL WITH TILT/TELESCOPE
A padded 18" steering wheel with center horn ring shall be provided. The upper steering column shall be
of the tilt and telescopic type. A self-canceling directional switch with wiper control and headlight
dimmer control shall be mounted on the steering column with an ICC four way flash switch. The
self-canceling directional switch shall be easily removable and replaceable without removing the steering
wheel or column assembly. The junction of the shaft and the cab floor shall be sealed to prevent air
exchange between the cab interior and exterior.
One (1) Cab Dash Finish - Dark Gray LINE-X®
20-25-400G
DARK GRAY LINE-X® FOR CAB DASH
The cab dash shall be sprayed with dark gray LINE-X® having a high resistance to abrasion and tearing.
A vinyl cloth glued or laminated in some manner to a metal backing surface shall not be acceptable.
The LINE-X® shall absorb impact without surface damage. The LINE-X® shall be resistant to gasoline,
diesel fuel, paints, bleaches, organic solvents and other cleaning agents and chemicals. It shall include
sound dampening and vibration elimination properties.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
51
The LINE-X® shall be solvent free and be environmentally safe to apply with no VOC or CFC hazards.
Its surface shall have a non-glare, granular texture and be easily cleaned with common cleansing
compounds.
One (1) Overhead Dash - Dark Gray LINE-X® Coating, Marauder Only
20-25-408G
OVERHEAD DASH
An overhead drop down dash shall be provided with a full length piano hinge and four (4) 1/4 turn
latches. This dash shall incorporate areas designed to hold emergency switching and selected options
such as control heads and indicators that shall be accessible to the driver and officer. The overhead dash
shall have a dark gray LINE-X® coating.
One (1) Overhead Dash Open Angle Limiting Strap, Marauder Only
20-25-4091
LIMITING STRAP
A strap shall be provided to limit the extent of opening range for the overhead power distribution area
(overhead dash) access. This 2” wide, retention strap shall prevent the contact between the upper,
overhead, power distribution access housing and the lower, center, dash housing. An approximate
clearance of 3 inches shall be maintained between the upper and lower dash structure and retained by the
strap. The strap shall be fastened by footman loops between the cab roof structure and hinged upper
power distribution housing.
One (1) Officer's Dash - Includes MDT-Laptop Pocket (NA for Attacker/Capitol Cabs)
20-25-4120
OFFICER'S DASH
The top of the officer's dash shall include a pocket for a laptop computer. The pocket shall measure
15.25" wide x 8.75" deep x 3.00" high at the rear.
One (1) Sun Visors - (2) Vinyl, Padded, Gray
20-25-500G
SUN VISORS
Two (2) approximately 8" x 28" padded, gray sun visors shall be provided, one on the driver's side and
one on the officer's side. Visor shall be supported at both ends to prevent drooping.
Two (2) Cup Holder - Dark Gray LINE-X® Finish (Ea)
20-25-6020
CUP HOLDER
Two (2) cup holder(s) with a dark gray LINE-X® coating shall be installed in the cab. The cup holder
shall be designed for mounting on top of the engine tunnel.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
52
S Two (2) Cup Holder Location
20-25-6054
The cup holder location shall in the rear inside corner of the rear storage compartment top.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
S One (1) Cup Holder & Storage Tray Combination - Gray LINE-X®
20-25-6040
CUP HOLDER & STORAGE TRAY COMBINATION
A combination storage tray cup holder, coated in gray LINE-X® shall be provided and shipped loose.
The whole unit shall measure 16" x 15". It shall include a Velcro strap running front to back. See
diagram for concept.®
The Cab Tray to be installed on top of the engine tunnel 2" from the dash to the front of the tray
(and not covering screws) centered on engine tunnel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Sign - Vehicle Dimension & Weight
20-25-8000
VEHICLE DIMENSION SIGN
A sign shall be provided in the front cab area indicating the height of the completed apparatus in feet and
inches, length of the completed apparatus in feet and inches, and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) in tons.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
53
S One (1) Seat - Driver's, Bostrom, Sierra, Air-50,
21-00-0106
DRIVER'S SEAT
The driver's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-50 reclining high back seat with GEN II air
suspension. This seat shall have 5” horizontal adjustment.
Seat shall have a UHMW wear pad where it contacts the compartment to rear.
One (1) Primary Designated Seat Position
21-05-0002
This seat shall be designated as a primary position.
One (1) Seat Riser/Compt - Driver, 4" High, Not Available with RollTek, Marauder
21-07-035D
The driver's seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a 3CR12 stainless steel frame which creates
an enclosed compartment. The compartment measures approximately 15.5" wide x 4" high x 17.22"
deep, front to back at the top and 13.5" deep front to back at the bottom.
One (1) Seat Riser/Compartment Door - Side Opening, 10.25"w x 2.75" h, Vertically-Hinged
21-07-093S
The seat riser/compartment shall have a side opening vertically-hinged door that measures 10.25" wide
by 2.75" high.
One (1) Seat Belt - Driver's, 3 Point, Vertically Adjustable
21-12-700D
SEAT BELT
The driver's seat shall have a 3-point vertically adjustable D Loop style shoulder harness, to meet
FMVSS and NFPA 1900 current edition requirements. The seat belt shall be red in color.
S One (1) Seat - Officer's, Bostrom, Sierra, Air-50
21-01-0106
OFFICER'S SEAT
The officer’s seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-50 reclining high back seat with GEN II air
suspension. This seat shall have 5” horizontal adjustment.
Seat shall have a UHMW wear pad where it contacts the compartment to rear.
One (1) Primary Designated Seat Position
21-05-0002
This seat shall be designated as a primary position.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
54
One (1) Seat Riser/Compt - Officer, 4" High, Not Available with RollTek, Marauder
21-07-035O
The officer's seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a 3CR12 stainless steel frame which creates
an enclosed compartment. The compartment measures approximately 15.5" wide x 4" high x 17.22"
deep, front to back at the top and 13.5" deep front to back at the bottom.
One (1) Seat Riser/Compartment Door - Front Opening, 12.75"w x 2.75" h, Vertically-Hinge
21-07-093F
The seat riser/compartment shall have a front opening vertically-hinged door that measures 12.75" wide
by 2.75" high.
One (1) Seat Belt - Officer's, 3 Point, Vertically Adjustable
21-12-701D
SEAT BELT
The officer's seat shall have a 3-point vertically adjustable D Loop style shoulder harness, to meet
FMVSS and NFPA 1900 current edition requirements. The seat belt shall be red in color.
One (1) Cable Raceway - Marauder
21-09-1200
CABLE RACEWAY
A cable raceway, 1.75” x 5.75”, shall be installed underneath the officer’s floor. It shall run between the
officer’s kick plate and the seat riser.
One (1) Cable Raceway Opened Underneath Officer Seat
21-09-2010
The cable raceway shall be opened underneath the officer seat to assist in the installation of radio or
additional equipment.
One (1) Cable Raceway Pull Wire Provided
21-09-2050
A pull wire shall be provided within the cable raceway to assist in the installation of radio or additional
equipment.
One (1) Seat - (2) Outboard, Forward Facing, Bostrom, Flip-up (NA w RollTek)
21-11-7000
REAR SEATING
The rear crew cab section shall contain two (2) outboard forward facing seats. The two forward facing
seats shall be fold-up jump seats with bottom and back cushions installed on the rear wall of the cab.
The seat cushions shall be made by H. O. Bostrom. The seating area shall allow maximum room for fire
fighters in full turn out gear. There shall be no logos on the back cushions.
Two (2) Primary Designated Seat Position
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
55
21-05-0002
This seat shall be designated as a primary position.
Two (2) Seat Belts - Outboard, Forward Facing, 3 Point, Vertically Adjustable, (Ea)
21-12-705D
SEAT BELTS
The two (2) outboard, forward facing seat(s) shall have a 3-point vertically adjustable D Loop style
shoulder harness, to meet FMVSS and NFPA 1900 current edition requirements. The seat belts shall be
red in color.
Five (5) Upholstery - Seat, Bostrom, Durawear™, Gray (Ea)
21-12-7500
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
Five (5) cab seats shall be upholstered in gray H.O. Bostrom Durawear™ waterproof cloth fabric.
One (1) Marauder Interior Decor, Miscellaneous Items
21-13-1500
INTERIOR DÉCOR
The following components shall always be black in color:
Floor matting and floor mat edging
Headliner trim
Back liner trim
Crew heater, complete assembly
Electrical panelsPlastic snap plugs for wire access holesDoor sealsSeat risers
Under seat compartments
Rubber covered grab handles
Map Desk, if present
The following item shall always be gray in color:
Seat belt retractor cover.
LINE-X finish definition is provided in 91-00-5510 or 91-00-5512.
One (1) Sign - Seating Capacity
21-13-2500
CAPACITY SIGN
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
56
A sign visible to the driver, that states the number of personnel the vehicle is designed to carry, shall be
provided.
One (1) Embroider Customer Logo to Bostrom Head Rest or Seat Back
21-13-8100
EMBROIDER CUSTOMER LOGO TO SEAT HEAD REST(S)
A customer supplied embroidery design shall be sewn into the seat head rest(s) in place of the Seagrave
Logo. If a head rest is not present, then the customer's embroidery design shall be sewn onto the front of
the seat back cushion.
S Three (3) Number of H.O. Bostrom Seats to be Embroidered (Ea)
21-13-810A
Three (3) seats shall be embroidered with the customer logo.
Includes Tiller cab.
One (1) Logo Already on File with HO Bostrom
21-13-810E
The customer logo has already been digitized and is on file with HO Bostrom, as required for
embroidering the logo onto the seats.
One (1) Cab Compt- Fwd Facing, Inbd, 34w x 14d x 40h O.D., Front Opening
21-15-0210
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A storage compartment with front opening shall be provided on the rear wall of the cab. The
compartment shall have a "sweep out" design. It shall have a removable, false, back wall for electrical
routings. The compartment shall be constructed of 1/8" smooth aluminum. The exterior shall have a
LINE-X® coating that shall match the lower cab dash/engine tunnel. The overall outside dimensions of
the compartment shall be 34" wide x 14" deep x 40" high. Due to the space taken up by the false wall
and the inside face of the door, if present, the usable interior depth of the compartment shall be
approximately 11.125”.
One (1) Cab Compartment Door - ROM, f/ Front Door Opening
21-15-1910
CAB COMPARTMENT DOOR
There shall be a ROM roll-up door with tall bottom rail centered on the front of the compartment. The
roll-up door shall have a satin finish. It is understood that the usable interior height of the compartment
shall be diminished by the height of the roll of the door.
One (1) Cab Compartment Light - ROM LED, (1) Strip Light
23-25-0020
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS - LED
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
57
The cab interior storage compartment shall have a ROM LED lighting strip installed. The full height
lighting strip shall be mounted vertically at the right side of the cab compartment door (facing the
compartment door). The LED lights shall be mounted in an anodized aluminum track. A switch,
installed in the door jam, shall be used to activate light.
Two (2) Shelf - Adjustable, 1/8" Aluminum with DA Finish (Ea)
21-15-2010
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Two (2) adjustable shelf or shelves shall be provided in the cab compartment. Each shelf shall be made
from 1/8" aluminum sheet metal and have welded corners and a DA finish on the outside edge of the
shelf. It shall be supported by four (4) stainless steel angles bolted to "Alumastrut" tracks.
If more than one of the same compartment is provided, then the shelves shall be equally distributed.
One (1) Finish - Cab Compartment Interior, Mill Finish (Ea Compt)
91-01-0210
FINISH – CAB COMPARTMENT INTERIOR(S)
One (1) cab compartment interior(s) shall have no finish applied.
If a hinged door is provided, the door interior shall match the compartment interior.
S One (1) Rear Angle Compartments
21-23-05XX
COMPARTMENTS
Two (2) rear angle compartments shall be provided aft of the front axle area (1) each side of the
engine tunnel. They shall be painted Black and shall have a single vertically hinged door on the
front face. The Door shall have the hinge placed towards the centerline of the truck and shall have
a D ring handle. (Ref picture for concept only) Ref Seagrave part number T0146101/5 for concept.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
58
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S One (1) Rear Storage Compartments
21-23-05XY
REAR STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
The shall be two (2) rear facing storage compartments provided on top of the angle floor
compartment(s) outside of the engine tunnel. They shall be coated on the exterior with Linex to
match the engine tunnel. The interior shall be left as mill finish.
Provided on both the left and right side. The Left hand Compartment shall be Approximately 21"
wide x 16.00" high x 25.63" deep. The Right hand Compartment shall be Approximately 21" wide
x 16.00" high x 25.63" deep. Both compartments shall be notched for the door restraint strap.
A 2" wide webbing door with approximate 2" spacing shall be provided on the rear opening, the
top will be secured with Velcro Foldover straps, through footman loops, Bottom will have Bungees
with the black holds.
S One (1) Rear Facing Compartment Angles
21-23-05XZ
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
59
On top of the two (2) Rear Facing Compartments, Angles, approximately 1.5" high, covered with
Line-X matching engine tunnel, shall be installed, angles shall meet tight at the corners.
One (1) Heater/Defroster - Forward Cab, 30,000 BTU, Marauder
21-23-0710
HEATER/DEFROSTER-FORWARD CAB
A front cab heater/defroster unit shall be provided. The unit shall have a heating capacity of 30,000 BTU
and combined 520 CFM variable speed blower assembly. The unit shall be located on top of the engine
tunnel and shall be centered on the windshield. Defroster outlets shall be located at the bottom of the
windshield and shall direct air flow from the unit up on to the windshields. Vents shall be located in the
drivers and officers dashes and kick plates.
One (1) Air Conditioning Condenser Cover - ATP, Addition, Marauder
21-23-079A
CONDENSER COVER
The air conditioning condenser assembly shall have an additional cover and / or covers to protect the
Freon hoses, dryer, valves, switches and / or solenoids above the cab roof and connected to the condenser
body.
The main condenser body shall have one fabricated cover with openings for, and above, the condenser
fans. The main condenser body cover shall be approximately 7.5" high x 46.5" long x 26.25" wide and
fabricated from 1/8" aluminum tread plate.
Additional covers, formed from 1/8" aluminum tread plate, shall be provided for hose and harness
routing above the cab roof, as necessary.
Note: Condenser location and orientation is dependent on other influential options.
One (1) Air Conditioner - Cab, 79,000 BTU Total, Marauder
21-23-3810
CAB AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
The cab shall be equipped with an air conditioning system that shall include two (2) ceiling mounted
evaporators. The air conditioning system shall have a combined cooling capacity of 79,000 BTU and
variable speed blower assemblies for a combined 1100 CFM. The main controls for the unit shall be
located in the dash. The evaporators shall have air diffusers to allow for multi-directional airflow. Each
diffuser shall be adjustable up and down and side-to-side for individual preference. Each evaporator
shall have its own sump style drain system for removal of condensation. The sump shall be integrated
into the ABS evaporator cover.
The evaporators shall be compliant with all EPA regulations and use R-134A Refrigerant. All hoses used
in the air conditioning system shall be “barrier” type construction for containment of the refrigerant.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
60
The condenser assembly shall be a stacked type, low profile, dual fan compact design with dryer and
pressure switch included. The condenser assembly shall include a white powder coated housing over the
stacked condenser coils, as provided from the manufacturer. The condenser shall be located on the cab
roof.
The air conditioning system shall exceed the industry norm by cooling the cab from the ambient
temperature of 100 degrees Fahrenheit at 50% relative humidity to an average cab temperature of 75
degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes.
One (1) HVAC Controls - Forward Cab, Marauder
21-23-8010
HVAC CONTROLS - FORWARD CAB
HVAC controls shall feature rotary switches, function labeling, backlighting, and have colored indicators
and shall be located in the center dash area between the driver and officer.
S One (1) Map Box - (4) 13 Degree Angle Slots, 7" Deep,
21-50-1100
MAP BOX
A 7" high map box shall be provided between the driver and officer. It shall be installed on the top of the
engine hood. The box shall have four (4) slots. Map box slots shall not have equal width slots, when
the slots face to the front of the apparatus, shall be a total of four (4) slots, two each side, slot closer
to the driver shall be approximately 16.50, the slot closest to the officer shall be approximately
12.50". The slots shall all slant at a 13 degree angle downward.
The map box shall be constructed of .125 inch thick smooth 5052 aluminum sheet metal with
welded assembly. It shall be covered with Dark Grey Line-X.
Provide for each side of the map box a 14" wide (or width of map box) x 3" deep x height of map
box slot/hat section, to be installed at final inspection, also covered in Dark Grey LineX.
Locate on top of rear engine tunnel panel centered side to side. So it does not cover the panel
screws, mount slots to side of map box as well. Same as 76440.
S One (1) Map Box Location
21-50-1201
Locate the map box on top of the rear engine tunnel panel centered side to side. So it does not cover
the panel screws. Mount Side Slots to side of map box.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
61
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
One (1) Electrical Wiring - 12V General, Marauder Only
22-00-0105
GENERAL 12-VOLT ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS
12-VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with a heavy-duty 12-volt electrical system. All 12-volt electrical
equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to modern automotive practices. All
electrical wiring and components installed in the apparatus shall be suitable for use in severe duty
emergency vehicle applications.
GENERAL WIRING AND WIRE HARNESS CONSTRUCTION
Unless otherwise specified by the component supplier, all insulated wire and cable shall conform to SAE
J1127 Low Voltage Battery Cable type SGX or STX, or SAE J1128 Low Voltage Primary Cable type
SXL, GXL, or TXL.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
62
Circuit feeder wires shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a gauge rated to carry 125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected.
Conductor materials and stranding, other than copper, shall be permitted if all applicable requirements
for physical, electrical, and environmental conditions are met as dictated by the end application.
The overall covering of conductors shall be moisture-resistant loom or braid that has a minimum
continuous rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good engineering practice dictates special consideration
for loom installations exposed to higher temperatures.
The overall covering of jacketed cables shall be moisture resistant and have a minimum continuous
temperature rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good engineering practice dictates special consideration
for cable installations exposed to higher temperatures.
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
All wiring shall be uniquely identified by a circuit number and color coding. The identification shall be
referenced on a wiring diagram. Wires less than 8 AWG shall be permanently identified at least every
2.0 inches (50.8 mm) by a circuit and function code.
WIRING CONNECTIONS
All wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a positive mechanical and
electrical connection. The wiring connections and terminations shall be installed in accordance with the
device manufacturer's instructions. Secondary locks shall be utilized on all connectors that are secondary
lock capable.
Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as
temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Seal plugs shall be installed in all unused sealed
connector cavities.
All ungrounded electrical terminals shall have covers or be in enclosures to protect against corrosion,
excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, liquid contaminants, dust, and other environmental
factors.
Wiring splices shall be crimp-type, molded, or sonic weld type. Adhesive lined heat shrink tubing shall
be used to seal and insulate splice joints.
WIRE AND CABLE ROUTING
Wiring routed through holes in sheet metal or castings shall have edges protected by an appropriately
sized grommet.
Wiring shall be routed to avoid metal edges, screws, trim fasteners and abrasive surfaces. When such
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
63
routings are not possible, protective devices (shields, caps, etc.) shall be used to protect the wires. When
wires must cross a metal edge the edge shall be covered with a protective shield.
Wiring shall be routed to provide at least 3 inches (76.2 mm) clearance to moving parts, unless positively
fastened or protected by a conduit.
Wire routings should avoid areas where temperatures exceed 180° F (82.2° C) and a minimum clearance
of 6 inches (152.4 mm) shall be maintained from exhaust system components. Where compliance with
this requirement is not possible, high temperature insulation and heat shields shall be utilized.
When wiring is routed between two members where relative motion can occur the wiring shall be secured
to each member, with enough wire slack to allow flexing without damage to the wires.
Wiring to all circuit components (switches, relays, etc.) in exposed locations shall provide a drip loop to
prevent moisture from being conducted into the device via the wire connection.
Routing wires into areas exposed to wheel wash shall be avoided if possible. When such routings cannot
be avoided, adequate clipping or protective shields shall protect the wires from stone and ice damage.
Wiring shall be secured in its intended location with appropriately sized bolt-on clips and nylon wire ties.
Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall include a sufficient length of wire
to allow the component to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work.
Bulkhead type connectors or sealed fittings shall be used to prevent the entry of liquid contaminants into
weather tight enclosures.
SPARE WIRES
Wiring harnesses from/to major power and signal distribution areas of the apparatus shall include spare
wires for future expansion of the system.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Serviceable components shall be readily accessible. Switches, relays, terminals and connectors shall
have a dc rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected.
A distributed power and signal system shall be utilized on the apparatus to minimize power supply
voltage drops. Power and signal distribution areas in the cab shall be concentrated in five (5) areas.
A lower cab power and signal distribution center shall be located in the center forward portion of the cab
"dash". It shall be hinged and opened by unlocking two (2) top mounted, double hinged, lift and pull
latches. This area shall contain relays and circuit breakers installed in a logical and serviceable fashion.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
64
An additional lower cab power and signal distribution center shall be located below the officer's dash
behind the kick plate.
An upper power and signal distribution area shall be located in the forward portion of the cab ceiling,
above the engine tunnel. Components in this area shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible by
opening a hinged cover.
A power and signal distribution area shall be located in the pump module, if applicable. Components in
this area shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible.
A power and signal distribution area shall be located on the front of the forward body compartments.
Components in these areas shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible.
All electrical components or devices installed in an exposed area on the outside of the cab or body shall
be mounted in such a manner, or protected by a gasket, caulking or other means, so that moisture shall
not accumulate in it.
CORROSION PROTECTION
Externally exposed, non-plug type, electrical connections shall be given a hand applied or sprayed
application of an industrial standard insulation coating with a minimum rating of 2100 volts per mil
thickness. Insulation shall protect the connection from water induced electrical corrosion and accidental
short circuiting. Should the connection be loosened or removed during the manufacturing process another
coating shall be applied after it has been refastened or replaced.
One (1) Main Battery and Starter Circuits
22-00-0110
MAIN BATTERY AND STARTER CIRCUITS
BATTERY POWER BUSS
All positive cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a battery positive buss bar located as
close to the batteries as practical. The alternator shall be wired directly to the battery positive buss bar
through the ammeter shunt, if one is provided.
ENGINE STARTER AND INTERLOCK CIRCUITS
The starter solenoid(s) shall be connected directly to the battery positive buss bar. An interlock shall be
provided to prevent the operator from engaging the starter when the engine is running.
BATTERY GROUND BUSS AND SINGLE POINT GROUND SYSTEM
All negative (ground) cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a battery negative buss bar
located as close to the batteries as practical. Appropriately sized ground feeder cables shall be utilized to
provide a low impedance ground path to the negative buss bar for all electrical devices on the apparatus.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
65
APPARATUS GROUND BONDING
The battery negative buss bar shall be connected to the chassis frame. The cab, pump enclosure (if
furnished), and body structure shall be electrically bonded to the vehicle frame with braided copper
grounding straps.
S One (1) Mechanic Start Switch
22-00-0112
MECHANIC START SWITCH
A tiller starter interlock to be installed in the lower center cab dash to allow for engine start
without a tiller operator.
One (1) EMI/RFI Protection
22-00-0120
EMI/RFI PROTECTION
The apparatus electrical system and related devices shall have the ability to function in the severe
electromagnetic environment typical of fire ground operations.
EMI/RFI EMISSIONS
State-of-the-art electrical system design and components shall be utilized to ensure the suppression of
radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference)
emissions that may cause communication and navigation radio-reception interference. The electrical
system and related components shall comply with the applicable sections of J551/1 Performance Levels
and Methods of Measurement of Electromagnetic Compatibility of Vehicles, Boats (up to 15 m), and
Machines (16.6 Hz to 18 GHz)
EMI/RFI SUSCEPTIBILITY
The apparatus electrical system shall incorporate immune circuit designs, filtering, shielding and
twisted-pair wiring to control EMI/RFI susceptibility. Particular attention shall be given to harness and
cable routing to minimize the potential for conducted and radiated signal susceptibility.
Electrical / electronic equipment on the apparatus shall not be susceptible to radiated and conducted
EMI/RFI emissions from on-board radio transmitter(s) and shall comply with the requirements of SAE
J551-12 Vehicle Electromagnetic Immunity--On-Board Transmitter Simulation.
One (1) Low Voltage Electrical System Performance Testing
22-00-0130
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING
An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that all installed electrical equipment is properly
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
66
connected and is in working order. The apparatus alternator shall be tested with the total continuous
electrical load applied and engine running up to the engine manufacturer's governed speed for a minimum
of 2 hours. Additionally, all warning lights shall be run continuously during the three (3) hour NFPA
pump certification test (or at another time for not less than three (3) hours). Activation of the load
management system (if furnished) shall be permitted during this test. An alarm sounded by excessive
battery discharge, as detected by the low voltage warning system, or a system voltage of less than 11.8 V
dc at the battery for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test failure.
S One (1) Cab Dash & Instruments
22-00-014A
CAB DASH AND INSTRUMENTS
A non-glare instrument panel, custom designed to accommodate the appropriate functions, shall be
provided. Illumination shall be provided for controls, switches, instruction plates, gauges, and
instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. The cab dash shall be forward slanted, and
constructed of aluminum. Rocker switches that have integral lights shall be as follows when applicable:
red indicator lights shall be provided for warning light and engine/mechanical functions, green indicator
lights shall be provided for scene and auxiliary lighting and general functions; selection shall be at the
manufacturer's discretion.
A system shall be provided that interacts with the engine electronics and eliminates redundant senders
and switches. The electronic engine gauges shall receive information on the SAE J1939 data link to
improve reliability and gauge accuracy. Connectors shall be utilized for ease of service. The dial face
shall be black with white lettering. The primary letters shall be in Imperial with the secondary, smaller
letters in metric. The dial shall have international non-language symbols for the gauge function (except
speedometer). Gauges shall have illumination with a monochrome LCD display located on the
speedometer gauge. They shall also have a 250 degree dial sweep for greater definition of scale. SAE
J1939 Faults and Warnings shall be displayed on the LED display.
DRIVER’S INSTRUMENTATION
The following individually mounted gauges shall be provided: (all inclusive gauge clusters not allowed,
no exceptions)
Main Gauges
3” Speedometer: 0-85 mph with built-in LCD display
3” Tachometer: 0-4000 rpm
Satellite Gauges
2” Fuel Level: Empty – full with low level warning indicator
2” Voltmeter: 10-18 VDC
2” Coolant Temperature: 100-280 Degrees Fahrenheit
2" Engine Oil Pressure: 0-100 psi
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
67
2” Transmission Oil Temp: 100-320 Degrees Fahrenheit
2” Primary Air Pressure: 0-150 psi (Manual Gauge)
2” Secondary Air Pressure: 0-150 psi (Manual Gauge)
2” DEF Level: Empty – full with low level warning indicator
AUDIBLE CAB ALARMS
Audible alarms shall be provided in the cab to alert the operator of conditions that require attention. The
alarm device(s) shall be audible in the driving compartment.
An intermittent audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are present and the parking brake
is disengaged:
Active Hazard Warning – (Do Not Move Apparatus; Door Open, Tower Raised, Ladder Rack Down,
etc.)
Seat Belt Warning (A separate and different tone than that for the Active Hazard Warning)
A steady audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are present:
Stop Engine (includes High Engine Temperature and Low Engine Oil Pressure)
Low Voltage
Engine Air Filter Restriction
Jackknife Warning (if applicable)
Tiller Cab Operator Not Present (if applicable)
DRIVER'S AND OFFICER'S CONTROLS
The following rocker style control switches shall be identified and accessible to the driver while seated.
Switches shall include integral indicator lights (where applicable) to advise that the switch has been
energized and identification labels shall be illuminated for night driving.
Ignition switch with green indicator light
Engine Start switch
Headlight / Tail-Marker-ID light switch
Instrument Panel Dimmer control rheostat
The following controls shall be stalk mounted on the steering column and identified and visible to the
driver while seated:
Turn Signal Control and 4-Way Hazard Warning switch (wired battery direct)
High-beam headlight switch
Windshield wiper control switch
Windshield washer control switch
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
68
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to the driver while seated:
Parking (Spring) Brake Control
High Idle control switch
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to both the driver and officer while seated.
Controls shall be identified and illuminated for night driving.
HVAC control panel
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
One (1) Driver's Indicator Light Display
22-00-014L
DRIVER'S INDICATOR LIGHT DISPLAY
The display with the following indicators shall be mounted in a removable modular panel in front of the
steering column. The indicators shall be identified with universal ISO 2575 symbols where applicable
and visible to the driver while seated. All applicable indicators in the modular panel shall automatically
illuminate for 1 second upon activation of the ignition switch to verify operation:
Battery Switch “On” green indicator light
Ignition Switch "On" green indicator light
Check Transmission amber indicator lightHigh Transmission Temperature amber indicator light
Check Engine amber indicator light
High Coolant Temperature red indicator light
Low Coolant Level red indicator light
Stop Engine (Engine Warning) red indicator light
High Exhaust Temperature (HEST) amber indicator light
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration (DPF) amber indicator light
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level amber indicator light
Wait-to-Start amber indicator light
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) amber indicator light
ABS warning amber indicator light
Automatic Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control activated amber indicator light
Spring (Parking) Brake "On" red indicator light
High Beam “On” blue indicator light
Low air pressure red indicator light
Left Turn signal green indicator light
Right Turn signal green indicator light
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
69
Within the display shall be four (4) separate pages defined as noted:
Page 1 Digital Speedometer
Page 2 Digital Tachometer
Page 3 & 4 shall show additional engine information
S One (1) Emergency & Work Light Switch Panel - Driver
22-00-015D
EMERGENCY & WORK LIGHT SWITCH PANEL - DRIVER'S SIDE
All emergency light and work area lighting control switches shall be mounted in a removable panel
located on the driver's side of the cab. The light switches shall be "rocker" type with an internal
indicator light (where applicable) to show when the switch is energized. All switches shall be properly
identified by an illuminated label for night driving.
Emergency master (Red Rocker) is to have a Red Indicator, the PRI-SEC-WARN Switch (Black
rocker) shall also have a red indicator in the up position. Switches are located in Zone 16.
A momentary clear warning light switch shall be provided for clear emergency lighting control that shall
default on.
Work lights are defined as ground, step, rear pick up, hose bed or dunnage area, if on the apparatus and
specified.
S One (1) Door Ajar/Hazard Warning Indicator - LED
22-00-0160
DOOR AJAR/HAZARD INDICATOR LIGHT (DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS)
A Whelen "T0" series 2" round red flashing LED light with chrome flange shall illuminate automatically
whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and any of the following conditions exist:
Any passenger or equipment compartment door is open.
Any ladder or equipment rack is not in the stowed position.
Stabilizer system is not in its stowed position.
Powered light tower is extended.
Any other device permanently attached to the apparatus is open, extended, or deployed in a manner that
is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved.
The hazard warning light shall be identified with a label that reads: “Do Not Move Apparatus When
Light Is On.” The light shall be located on the ceiling between the driver and the officer.
The Cab side access doors shall be on the hazard warning.
One (1) Digital Clock - 24 Hour
22-00-017B
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
70
DIGITAL CLOCK
A 24 hour real-time digital clock shall be identified and visible to the driver while seated.
One (1) Electrical Wiring - 12V INTELEX™ PLUS, Marauder
22-00-0300
ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS - INTELEX™ PLUS
The apparatus shall be equipped with an INTELEX™ PLUS management system for control of the
electrical system devices, where applicable.
CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each electrical circuit. All circuit protection devices
shall be sized according to 125% of the anticipated load to prevent wire and component damage when
subjected to extreme current overload.
SOLID STATE CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Intelex power distribution modules shall utilize solid state output channels and feature fully protected
high-side drivers (+12V) to protect wiring. High-side drivers shall provide overload protection, current
limitation, transient protection, and replicate the function of an automatic reset circuit breaker. If output
current exceeds the rated amperage, the output shall automatically turn off. After 30 seconds, the module
shall attempt to re-energize the load. If the output is still overloaded, it shall remain off until the power is
cycled. In the event of a communications loss with the vehicle’s control module, all outputs not
controlling a moving device, such as a ladder rack, shall remain in their previous state until
communication is restored or the power is cycled.
NON-SOLID STATE CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or
J258 unless operational requirements and/or safety concerns dictate Type-III manual reset type
conforming to SAE J1625. Automotive-type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 shall
be utilized when required to protect electronic equipment.
POWER CONTROL RELAYS AND SOLENOIDS
Power control relays and solenoids shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the anticipated
current load.
BUSSMANN MVEC RELAYS AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Manufactured as a hardened and weather tight module, the mVEC is rated at 200 Amps. The mVEC is
configured to provide various OEM circuit protection and switching functions, using industry standard
fuses, relays and breakers, with the status and control of each circuit accessible through J1939 CAN open
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
71
messages. Each mVEC is rated at 200 Amps, with individual outputs rated up to 30 Amps. Waterproof
to high pressure spraying (IP66 equivalent). The mVEC is designed and manufactured with robust
features such as heavy-duty housing, silicon and Gortex gaskets, and protective conformal coated
electronics, to operate in demanding vehicle environments such as those found in fire apparatus.
One (1) Information Center II - INTELEX™ PLUS
22-00-0310
INFORMATION CENTER II
A 5" color display capable of displaying graphical images as well as text messages shall be located on the
cab dash. The main display page shall include the date, time and ambient air temperature in Fahrenheit.
Additional information pages shall be provided for the warning indications, not stowed indications, and
open doors. The display shall be dimmable with a Rheostat control on the dash and shall have an override
button on the control to dim to ten (10) percent.
APPARATUS STATUS INDICATORS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS
If a monitored "Not Stowed" or "Warning" condition is active, the corresponding status indicator shall
flash. In addition to visual indicators, audible alarms shall sound when designated conditions activate the
“Not Stowed” and “Warning” status indicators.
WARNING INDICATOR
A flashing red triangle symbol shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active "WARNING" condition.
This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle that is of high priority or "mission critical" nature.
The flashing red triangle shall be displayed on the Information Center and dash gauge panel in front of
the driver. The following are typical "Warning" (high priority) conditions:
HYDRAULIC FILTER AIR RESTRICTION
LOAD MANAGE
LOW AIR PSI
CAB NOT LOCKED
ABS FAULT
LOW VOLTAGE
JACK KNIFE (If applicable)
TRAILER ABS
(If applicable)
NOT STOWED INDICATOR
A flashing Not Stowed indicator shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active "Not Stowed" condition.
This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle that is not of high priority or "mission critical"
nature, but requires attention before the vehicle is put in motion. The following are typical “Not Stowed”
(not high priority) conditions:
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
72
AERIAL RAISED (If applicable)
DECK GUN RAISED (If applicable)
JACKS EXTENDED (If applicable)
DUMP CHUTES (If applicable)
The following items are considered Not Stowed only when the parking brake is released.
LADDER UP (If applicable)
LIGHT TOWER UP (If applicable)
OUTRIGGERS (If applicable)
DS HATCH OPEN (If applicable)
PS HATCH OPEN (If applicable)
JACKS EXTENDED (If applicable)
Q2B TILTED (If applicable)
DECK GUN RAISED (If applicable)
DS TELE LIGHT UP (If applicable)
PS TELE LIGHT UP (If applicable)
STEP DOWN (If applicable)
PEDESTAL COVER UP (If applicable)
AUDIBLE ALARMS
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound “steady” (not an intermittent beep);
signifying a “mission critical” condition exists that requires immediate attention.
STOP ENGINE
LOW AIR
LOW COOLANT
CAB NOT LATCHED
LOW VOLT
ABS FAULT
LOW OIL PRESSURE
Corresponding “Low Air”, “Stop Engine” visual indicators shall be located in the dash gauge panel in
front of the driver.
The following conditions shall cause a chime alarm to sound “intermittently” (i.e., beep), once the
parking brake is released, signifying a condition exists that may become “mission critical” if not quickly
addressed.
ANY LIGHT NOT STOWED
ANY BODY DOOR OPEN
ANY CAB OR CREW CAB DOOR OPEN
An audible alarm shall sound if any of the seat belts are not properly closed and the vehicle is going 5
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
73
mph or greater. The sound shall be different from all other audible alarms in the cab.
OPEN DOORS / DEPLOYED EQUIPMENT RACKS / EXTENDED STEPS
When a cab or compartment door is open, a step is extended, or equipment (i.e., ladder) rack is deployed,
the “DOORS” indicator shall flash. Pressing the corresponding button shall display an overhead
graphical representation of the apparatus. This image depicts the open cab door(s), open compartment
door(s), deployed equipment rack(s), and/or extended step(s). The chime alarm shall also sound when
the parking brake is released.
S One (1) Customer Information on Display - As Specified
22-00-031B
Display shall read "CARLSBAD FIRE"
One (1) Customer Information on Display Shall Not Be PIN Protected
22-00-031F
Customer information on the display shall not be PIN protected.
One (1) Load Management System - INTELEX™ PLUS
22-00-0320
AUTOMATED ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with an automated load management system. The load management
system shall monitor battery voltage and activate the engine high idle system (provided NFPA interlocks
have been established) before disabling any electrical loads. If engine high idle is not available or
activation does not result in sufficient battery system voltage, individual electrical loads shall be
automatically and sequentially deactivated until voltage returns to an acceptable level. Loads shall be
sequentially reactivated to avoid a sudden large voltage demand on the system. Electrical loads defined in
NFPA 1900 as “minimum continuous” shall not be subject to automatic load management.
If the load management system becomes active, the “LOAD MANAGE” indicator shall illuminate on the
"Warnings" page of the INTELEX™ PLUS cab mounted display.
One (1) Load Sequencer - INTELEX™ PLUS
22-00-0330
LOAD SEQUENCER
A sequential switching device shall automatically energize the specified optical warning devices to
minimize potentially damaging voltage fluctuations due to the sudden addition or removal of large
current demands on the electrical system. Upon activation of the “EMERGENCY MASTER” warning
switch and provided the individual optical warning device switches are also activated, the following
loads shall be activated (or deactivated) in 0.5 second intervals:
Front Light Bar
Side Light Bar (if applicable)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
74
Front and Rear Flashing Lights
Side Warning
Rear Beacons
High Beam Headlight Flash
One (1) Vehicle Data Recorder & Seat Monitor - FRC, INTELEX™ PLUS
22-00-0344
VEHICLE DATA RECORDER AND SEAT MONITOR DISPLAY
Fire Research series seat monitor display and vehicle data recorder kit shall be installed. The kit shall
include a seat monitor display module, a vehicle data recorder, and cables.
The seat monitor display shall be programmable for up to ten (10) seats and have a seatbelt icon for each.
A message display, push buttons for navigating through programs, and vehicle system warning indicators
shall be located on the front of the seat monitor display.
The data recorder case shall be waterproof. It shall have inputs for monitored information from the
vehicle J1939 CAN bus, independent sensors, seatbelt and seat occupied switches, and outputs for
audible alarms.
The vehicle data recorder shall record the following data once per second and store it in a 48 hour loop:
Vehicle Speed
Acceleration
Deceleration
Engine Speed
Engine Throttle Position
ABS Event
Seat Occupied Status
Seat Belt Status
Master Optical Warning Device Switch
Time
Date
The vehicle data recorder shall record the following data once per minute and have memory to store it for
100 engine hours:
Maximum Vehicle Speed
Maximum Acceleration
Maximum Deceleration
Maximum Engine Speed
Maximum Engine Throttle Position
ABS Event
Seat Occupied with Seat Belt Unbuckled
Master Optical Warning Device Switch
Time
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
75
Date
The oldest data shall be erased first when memory capacity is reached. All data shall be password
protected and downloadable from the vehicle data recorder to a computer. FRC software shall be used to
view stored data.
One (1) Electrical System Diagnostics - INTELEX™ PLUS
22-00-0350
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
The apparatus shall feature on-board electrical system diagnostics and provision for off-board diagnostic
service equipment.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
On-board diagnostic indicators shall be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the INTELEX™
PLUS based electrical power and signal system. The input and output status of each INTELEX™ PLUS
system module shall be easily determined through easy to use display pages.
Switches shall be provided in the cab to allow the operator or service personnel to obtain On-Board
diagnostic information from the ABS system and Engine Controller.
A troubleshooting guide shall be provided with the vehicle to assist with interpretation of the diagnostic
signals.
OFF-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC PROVISION
An interface port shall be provided for service access to the INTELEX™ PLUS data bus. The diagnostic
port shall be mounted inside the cab on the driver side in a location that is accessible from the ground.
One (1) Power Studs - Overhead Switch Panel, (3) Stud Switched (MII INTELEX™ PLUS Only)
22-00-0505
POWER STUDS (OVERHEAD SWITCH PANEL)
Three (3) studs shall be provided in the overhead switch panel to provide a 12 volt feed. The studs shall
consist of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Power Studs - Cab Dash Area, (4) Stud Switched
22-00-0520
POWER STUDS (CAB DASH)
Four (4) studs shall be provided in the cab dash area to provide a 12 volt feed. The studs shall consist of a
12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud, switched ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Buss Bar - Under Officer's Seat, (4) Stud Switched
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
76
22-00-0530
BUSS BAR (UNDER OFFICER'S SEAT)
A four (4) stud 30 Amp buss bar with protective cover shall be provided under the officer's seat to
provide a 12 volt feed. The studs shall consist of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud, switched
ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) No Power Strip & Receptacle Required on Engine Tunnel
22-00-0579
One (1) Fuse Block - Blue Sea #5025, 6-Place, Under Engine Tunnel Panel, 30 AMP
22-00-0540
FUSE BLOCK (UNDER ENGINE TUNNEL)
A Blue Sea #5025six (6) place fuse block shall be provided under the rear engine tunnel panel to provide
a 12 volt direct supply with ground. A total of 30 Amps of power shall be provided.
S Nine (9) Fuse Block - Blue Sea #5025, 6-Place, Body Compartments (Ea)
22-00-059N
FUSE BLOCK POWER POINT(S)-BODY COMPARTMENT(S)
Nine (9) Six(6) space automotive "blade style" 12 volt fuse blocks, with cover shall be provided. The
contacts shall be protected from accidental shorting. Each block shall be wired battery direct and include
a ground wire. Wired to a Breaker in the power distribution on rear of trailer driver side.
One in each of the following, located on the forward wall, behind/under the door roll.
-LS4, LS5, LS6, RS4, RS5, & RS6
-One in each of the following transverse compartments, LS1/RS1, LS2/RS2, LS3/RS3 forward wall
in upper transverse section approximately centered side to side.
Due to Quantity of Fuse Block Requests, shall be limited to 15 AMPS EACH.
S One (1) Dash Layout Drawing - Marauder INTELEX™ PLUS Multiplex, Full Tilt Cabs
22-00-06B0
DASH LAYOUT
The Manufacturer shall furnish a dash layout drawing to the Fire Department for their review and
approval. The drawing shall detail the locations for installation of radios, sirens, light switches, gauges,
etc. Due to the cab dash configuration and electrical wiring design, the components shall have
designated locations that each will fit. The Fire Department shall review and approve the layout during
the Engineering Conference.
Dash layout shall match previous built apparatus, SO 78J54-55, 78K28, 78L00, 76440, 78M25-26.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
77
Zone 16 Lower
Switch 13 Siren Brake (RED)
Switch 14 Siren Selector, 3-Way for Steering Wheel
Switch 15 Emergency Master relocated. (RED)
-This acts as position “0” from the Unitrol.
-When Off (down position) all lights are off.
-When On (up position Red Indicator light in switch also on), it now activates switch 16
dependent upon the selection of that switch.
Switch 16 Labeled (Top to bottom ) 3-PRI / 2-SEC / 1-WARN, 3 position switch. (3-PRI shall have
a red indicator light)
-Activates just as the Unitrol did with three positions. This will be left in one of the
positions, and when the E-Master is activated whatever position this is will activate
the requested functions.
Switch 17 Labeled WAIL/YELP, 2 positions switch up for Wail, down for Yelp
Switch 18, Labeled ELEC SIREN is a 3 position switch with the up position being maintained.
This activates the selected Wail/Yelp tone from the Whelen Siren, in a momentary (tap)
function or turns the siren on. The momentary down position on the 3-way switch
will be to briefly activate the siren.
POSITION 1-WARN - Activates Whelen Side Lightbar amber LED warning lights, Whelen
Rear Lower LED warning Lights & Traffic Advisor in Flash Mode.
POSITION 2-SEC - In addition to items in Position 1-WARN, Activates Whelen Steady Burn
LED lights (outboard modules, each side of front lightbar); Upper Rear & Side Whelen Lights,
flash mode on Whelen Traffic Advisor. (NOTE: Traffic Advisor directional light control module
shall have power at all times, regardless of position of Siren.)
POSITION 3-PRI - In addition to items in Position 1-WARN & 2-SEC, Activates all side and
front Whelen warning lights including clear and traffic Emitter, and alternating headlights.
(NOTE: When engaging the Maxi parking brake, a park 'kill' circuit will deactivate the following
per NFPA - Traffic Emitter, Clear flashing LED warning lights and alternating headlight flasher.)
Position 3-PRI - Tap feature is engaged with horn ring when in siren position
When E-Master on, 3-PRI is active, Electric Siren is on, 3-position to Electric Siren, Horn ring tap,
change to wail/yelp and cycle for a period of time (10 Seconds per Whelen), then default back to
switch.
Siren operation shall be the same in Position 2 and Position 3.
AN EMERGENCY LIGHT MASTER SWITCH TO ACTIVATE THE LIGHTS MUST BE
PROVIDED PER NFPA 1901 13.8.5.
One (1) Tractor Position and Jackknife Lights
22-00-0705
TRACTOR POSITION AND JACKKNIFE LIGHTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
78
A green tractor position OK light shall be provided and installed on the main cab dash. In addition, a red
Jackknife warning light shall also be provided on the main cab dash.
One (1) 12V Power Point - User Defined Location (Ea)
22-03-1400
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLE(S)
One (1) 12 volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided and shall be wired battery direct,
with a fused circuit. The plug and receptacle are made from corrosion resistant marine grade materials.
The plug locks into the receptacle providing a positive moisture proof connection.
S One (1) 12V Power Point Location - As Specified
22-03-14V5
The 12V power point(s) shall be located: Officer side dash
One (1) USB Charger Port - Kussmaul Dual Port #091-264 (Ea)
22-03-14UP
USB CHARGER PORT
One (1) Kussmaul Electronics model 091-264, USB-C / USB-A Dual Charger Ports shall be wired
battery direct with a fused circuit and shall be provided and wired battery direct with a fused circuit.
S One (1) USB Charger Port Location - As Specified
22-03-14V0
Shall be located two (2), one (1) each side of the center dash outboard of Zone 17/18. Two (2), One
(1) each side on the rear of the engine tunnel angle, outboard of the access door, outboard of the
12V power points.
S One (1) Stereo - Pioneer AM/FM/MP3/BlueTooth Stereo, w/ Stereo Antenna
22-0A-5030
STEREO
One (1) Pioneer digital media receiver with AM/FM stereo radio with four (4) 5.25" coaxial speakers
shall be provided and installed. The unit shall have a MP3 player and have Bluetooth capability. It shall
have USB direct control for iPod/iPhone. The stereo radio shall be centrally located in the overhead
console, per the dash layout. enclosure boxes that shall be painted to match the headliner. A stereo
antenna shall also be installed.
Antenna to be located centered aft of the lightbar and forward of the air conditioning.
Cab Speakers to be located just aft of the driver and officer close to the A/C evaporaters.
Crew speakers to be located centered even with the crew door hinge line and close to the outboard
interior wall.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
79
Two (2) Install Dealer/Customer Furnished Antenna Mount (Ea)
22-0A-5130
RADIO ANTENNA
Two (2) radio antenna(s) supplied by the fire department shall be mounted on the cab roof.
Two (2) Antenna Lead - Terminates in the Officer's Seat Riser
22-0A-515C
The antenna lead shall terminate in the officer's seat riser. Any excess cable shall be secured in an
accessible location. All antenna leads shall be properly labeled as to their location on the cab roof.
Two (2) Antenna Location - Behind Light Bar
22-0A-516A
The antenna location shall be installed in the cab roof, behind the light bar.
S One (1) Customer Supplied Radio Install
22-0A-52PW
CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO INSTALL
Radios supplied by the Customer shall be provided and installed in the apparatus at the factory.
Radio Install is to be completed by BAYCOM, Chris from BAYCOM to provide a wiring
schematic after the install, for future radio troubleshooting/repair. .
PA shall be capable through the headset, per David Clark Ralph Chance.
A hardwired maintained switch shall be provided in Zone 19 labeled VHF On/Off, in line with
other switches in Zone 19, to trigger the VHF Radio.
Where the cords exit the dash, shall be next to the specific PTT. (Different than customer provided
photos)
Two customer supplied radio speakers are to be installed, one 800 MHZ one UHF, mounted to the
side wall behind the B-pillar, speakers to be labeled, one to be VHF, one to be 800.
PTT on dash label shall be color matched to photo.
Zone 19 and Zone 18 Photos. For reference only, see verbiage above.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
80
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Headset Intercom System - David Clark 3800, Single Radio
22-0B-3000
INTERCOM SYSTEM
A David Clark Series 3800 intercom system for single radio shall be provided and installed on the
apparatus. This system shall provide for in cab and on-scene communications for the crew.
The system shall be compatible with UHF and VHF radios and be able to interface with each radio
connected to the intercom using a mobile interface cable. David Clark connectors and double-shielded
cable shall be used. Cable substitution can cause noise in the system.
S One (1) Intercom - David Clark
22-0B-3040
INTERCOM MODULES
The David Clark modules shall provide radio transmit/receive and intercom capabilities for both the
driver and the officer seating locations. The U3800 Master Station, installed centered shall be
between the seats from the back wall and the U3805 utilized for PA Capability shall also be
provided. All modules and headset hooks shall be installed on the cab ceiling in user locations.
To Make the power connection work to the U3800, a hole shall be provided in top of the
compartment.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
81
Volume to be set at 100% for PA and Input/output of radio.
Three (3) PTT provided and labeled on each side of dash. Labels shall be color coded to match
photos and on modules.
The U3800 Master Station is required with each system. It shall accommodate two headsets that do not
require radio transmit function. It shall adjust automatically for 12 or 24 VDC power source. It shall
contain the system on/off switch, the master volume control, two headset jacks with listen level controls,
power input connector, and two remote output connectors. It shall draw less than 600 milliampere
current. It shall measure 8-1/4"L x 5-3/4"W x 4-3/4"D.
The U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module shall permit a maximum of 4 Series 3800 Radio Interface
Modules to be connected to one radio. It shall measure 6-3/4"L x 5-1/4"W x 2-3/8"D.
The Driver U3816 Radio Interface Module,with 800 radio capability, the rear most connection,
shall provide isolated radio transmit function for one headset and radio receive function for all users. It
shall contain one radio push to talk switch, one listen level control, one system input connection, and one
radio input connection. It shall measure 6-1/4"L x 5-1/4"W x 2-3/4"D.
The Officer shall be a U3816 with 800 and VHF radio capability, the 800 to the front and VHF to
rear, shall provide radio transmit function for one headset and radio receive function for all users. It
shall contain one radio push to talk switch, one headset jack and listen level control, one radio input
connection, two intercom connectors and one connector for remote PTT. It shall measure 7"L x 4-1/3"W
x 3-1/8"D.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
82
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
83
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
S One (1) Intercom - David Clark, 4-Person Cab, Crew Config. B
22-0B-304B
INTERCOM MODULES
The David Clark modules shall provide intercom capabilities only for the crew seating. The
outboard forward facing crew member behind the officer shall plug into the U3800 module. The
outboard forward facing crew member behind the driver shall plug into a U3801 module. All modules
and headset hooks shall be installed on the cab ceiling in user locations.
The U3801 module shall have one headset jack and a listen level control. It shall measure 3-1/4"L x
4-3/4"W x 3"D.
S One (1) Headset - Driver, DC #H3432
22-0B-4400
HEADSET
One (1) David Clark model #H3432 style headset(s) shall be provided for the driver. Each headset shall
have one (1) headset hanger hook located above the seat position, over the inboard shoulder.
Headset hanger shall be located at final inspection.
This headset shall provide a noise reduction of 23dB. It shall have a microphone on/off button. The
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
84
boom shall have full flex for precise positioning and shall rotate 200 degrees for left or right side
placement. It shall have a shielded 4-conductor, 5 ft coiled cord with PJ-051 plug.
S One (1) Headset - Officer, DC #H3432
22-0B-4500
HEADSET
One (1) David Clark model #H3432 style headset(s) shall be provided for the officer. Each headset
shall have one (1) headset hanger hook located above the seat position, over the inboard shoulder.
Headset hanger shall be located at final inspection.
This headset shall provide a noise reduction of 23dB. It shall have a microphone on/off button. The
boom shall have full flex for precise positioning and shall rotate 200 degrees for left or right side
placement. It shall have a shielded 4-conductor, 5 ft coiled cord with PJ-051 plug.
S Two (2) Headset - Crew, DC #H3432
22-0B-4600
HEADSET
Two (2) David Clark model #H3432 style headset(s) shall be provided for the crew. Each headset shall
have one (1) headset hanger hook located at final inspection
This headset shall provide a noise reduction of 23dB. It shall have a microphone on/off button. The
boom shall have full flex for precise positioning and shall rotate 200 degrees for left or right side
placement. It shall have a shielded 4-conductor, 5 ft coiled cord with PJ-051 plug.
Two (2) Push-to-Talk Button on Cab Dash - Driver's Side, David Clark
22-0B-5002
PUSH-TO-TALK BUTTON
A David Clark Push-to-Talk (PTT) button shall be located on the driver's side cab dash.
One (1) Warranty - David Clark Headsets & Cables, 1 Year
91-75-3010
DAVID CLARK HEADSET WARRANTY
David Clark shall provide a 1 year warranty on its headsets and cables.
One (1) Warranty - David Clark Intercom Modules, 5 Years
91-75-3020
DAVID CLARK INTERCOM WARRANTY
David Clark shall provide a 5 year warranty on its modules.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
85
One (1) Camera System - (3) Rosco #STSK8165, 10" HD, Rear, RS & LS
22-0C-3310
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
A Rosco rear view HD color camera system, model STSK8165, shall be provided and installed. The
system shall consist of the following items:
One (1) STSM370 10" 1080 HD monitor, 4 inputs, control touch screen and speaker
One (1) STSC201 1080 HD heated color camera with microphone, 170 degree lens and 17 infrared
LEDs. (Rear)
Two (2) STSC211B side 1080 HD color cameras with microphone, 170 degree lens and 6 infrared LED
for night vision.
Three (3) STSH341 Harnesses
Mounting brackets and hardware
The side view cameras shall be mounted on the each side of the cab to provide side blind spot viewing.
One (1) Camera Monitor Shall be Hung from the Overhead, Zone 9, Driver's Side
22-0C-3910
The camera monitor shall be hung from the overhead console in zone 9, placed to the driver's side of the
removable panel.
One (1) Rear View Camera Color - Black
22-0C-4030
The rear view camera color shall be black.
Two (2) Side View Camera Color - Black
22-0C-4060
The side view camera color shall be black.
S One (1) Rear Camera Location - As Specified
22-0C-4180
The rear view camera shall be located: due to lack of room on rear face of tiller cab, the rear
camera shall be mounted on the ATP deck, to the driver side of the AC Condensor, at the rear of
the deck, to provide best view, and adjustability.
S One (1) Batteries - (6) 12V, 950 CCA
22-10-0700
BATTERIES
Six (6) 12V Group 31 950 CCA batteries shall be installed three each side of the cab under the rear
entrance way.
Heavy-duty battery cables shall be provided to maximize power available to the electrical system.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
86
Battery cables to have consistent lengths for even charging.
One (1) Jumper Cable Studs - Under Driver's Side Battery Box
22-10-5200
JUMPER CABLE STUDS
A pair of jumper cable studs with color coded covers shall be provided under the driver's side battery
storage area.
One (1) Battery/Electrical Component Storage Areas - S/S, Full Tilt Cabs (Marauder)
22-11-0600
BATTERY AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENT STORAGE AREAS
Battery and electrical component storage areas shall be constructed of stainless steel with structural steel
tubes at the corner mounting points and shall be located one (1) each side mounted on the vehicle frame.
They shall be well ventilated and enclosed to protect against road splash and debris. Suitable provisions
shall be provided for drainage.
The batteries shall be held firmly in place by providing a full frame type top clamp which encloses the
battery set on all four (4) upper corner sides. The one piece clamp shall be fabricated of 3/4" angles and
be held in place by four (4) "J" shaped clamping bolts placed in the corners. Battery inspection shall be
available by tilting the full tilt cab.
One (1) Battery Box Finish - Gloss Black Paint
22-11-0610
The whole battery box (interior and exterior) where the batteries are installed shall be painted gloss
black.
One (1) Battery Mats - Turtle Tile, Non-Corrosive
22-11-5100
BATTERY MATS
The batteries shall be installed on a non-corrosive Turtle Tile mat.
One (1) Battery Disconnect Switch - 600 Amp
22-15-1400
DISCONNECT SWITCH
A master load disconnect switch shall be provided between the battery positive buss bar and the
remainder of the switched battery electrical loads on the apparatus. A green "battery on" pilot light that
is visible from the driver's position shall be provided.
One (1) single battery system switch mounted near the driver's side front entrance in a location so it may
be turned off by a person standing on the ground outside the vehicle. It shall have the capacity to handle
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
87
600 amps of continuous power.
One (1) Battery Charger - Kussmaul #091-266-12-60, Auto Charge 6012 w Integrated Display
22-15-3710
BATTERY CHARGER
There shall be one (1) Kussmaul model #091-266-12-60 Chief Series Auto Charge 6012 battery charger
system installed in the vehicle's electrical system. The charger shall be fully automatic and shall
maintain the truck batteries at a full charge level when connected to a 120 VAC source. Remote voltage
sensing shall be provided to compensate the charger output for the voltage drop in the charging wires.
Provides 60 amps DC. The charger shall be tested per NFPA.
DISPLAY
An integrated touch screen LCD display shall be included.
One (1) Additional Charger Display - Kussmaul #091-94-12 Single Bar Graph
22-15-3915
ADDITIONAL CHARGER DISPLAY
A Kussmaul model 091-94-12 single bar graph display shall also be installed.
One (1) Additional Display Location - Upper Dash
22-15-39L1
The additional charger display shall be located in the upper dash.
One (1) Charger/Compressor Location - Wall Adjacent to Side Window on Driver's Side
22-15-4LDW
The battery charger/compressor shall be located on the driver's side wall adjacent to the side window.
One (1) Battery Charger/Air Compressor Cover
22-15-5000
BATTERY CHARGER/AIR COMPRESSOR COVER
A smooth aluminum cover shall be provided over the battery charger/air compressor. The outside finish
shall match the cab interior finish.
One (1) "Super Auto Eject" Plug - Kussmaul 20 Amp, 120 VAC
22-15-5500
AUTO EJECT PLUG
A Kussmaul 20 Amp, 120 VAC "Super Auto Eject" shoreline power connector shall be provided for the
battery charger. The shoreline power connector shall be provided with a spring loaded cover to prevent
water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. A label shall be permanently affixed at the
power inlet that indicates the line voltage in volts and the current rating in amps.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
88
S One (1) Shoreline Inlet Location - in the Driver's Door Step Well
22-20-5820
The shoreline inlet shall be located in the driver's door step well, beneath the intermediate step.
One (1) Super Auto Eject Cover Color - Red
22-20-58RD
The Super Auto Eject Cover shall be red.
One (1) Receptacle w/Plug & Cord - 120V, 20 Amp for Cab Interior, Shoreline Powered (Ea)
70-05-1928
120 VOLT SHORELINE POWERED RECEPTACLE(S) IN CAB INTERIOR
One (1) 120-volt, 20 amp, 3-wire receptacle(s) shall be provided in the cab interior in accordance with
NFPA guidelines. A brushed stainless steel cover plate shall be provided to protect the receptacle. The
receptacle shall be powered by the shorepower inlet and labeled accordingly.
A plug and cable assembly shall be installed, connecting the battery charger/compressor to the
receptacle.
The receptacle(s) shall be located near the battery charger or compressor. The receptacle shall be located
at least 3" from the floor.
One (1) NEMA Rating - 5-20R (20 Amp) Non-Twist-Lock, Duplex
70-05-2535
NEMA Rating: 5-20R (20 Amp) Non-Twist-Lock, Duplex.
One (1) Receptacle Cover - Stainless Steel Wall Plate (Interior Use Only) (Ea)
70-05-2720
One (1) stainless steel wall plate(s) shall be installed.
One (1) Headlights - Quad, HiViz, LED, with Dual Light, Chrome Bezels
22-90-004N
HEADLIGHTS
Front headlights shall be mounted on the front cab face to the left and right of the engine cooling intake
grille. The headlights shall be quad type, rectangular HiViz FT-4X6, 12-volt LED with bright finished
trim rings and chrome bezels. The low beam headlights shall be located at the outer position.
HiViz LED headlights are provided with a lifetime warranty.
One (1) Halo Activation - with Low Beam Lights
22-90-004U
HALO & LOW BEAM LIGHTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
89
The VisionX LED Halo and the LED low beam lights shall be activated while the unit is running and the
parking brake is released.
One (1) Headlight Position - Middle
22-90-004X
The headlights shall be in the middle position.
One (1) Headlights - Alternating, Flashing
22-90-0065
ALTERNATING FLASHING HEADLIGHTS
The chassis high beam headlights shall flash alternately.
One (1) Alternating Flashing Headlights - Wired to Clear Warning Lights Switch
22-90-006A
The alternating, flashing headlights shall be wired to the clear warning lights on/off switch.
One (1) Front Directional Dual Light Bezels, (2) Chrome-Plated
22-90-007A
FRONT DIRECTIONAL DUAL LIGHT BEZEL
The front directional lights shall be mounted in a chrome plated dual light bezel located on each side of
the cab front face. The dual light bezel shall match the headlight housing.
One (1) Front Directional Light Bezels Position - Uppermost
22-90-007X
The front directional light bezels shall be in the uppermost position.
One (1) Front Directional Lights - Whelen 604TC, LED, Amber Arrow, (2) with Clear Len
22-90-008E
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be one (1) Whelen 600 Series model 604TC LED amber arrow directional signal light with
clear lens installed on each side of the cab front face. The light lens shall have an amber arrow shape
with black background and shall be provided with a "flash" pattern; a "sweep" pattern shall not be
allowed.
One (1) Clearance Lights - (5) Weldon Amber LED/Amber Lens, Surface Mount
22-90-0100
CLEARANCE LIGHTS
Exterior cab lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards and any National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at the time of
proposal.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
90
Five (5) Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED type clearance and identification lights shall be surface
mounted across the top leading edge of the cab roof.
One (1) Marker Lights - TecNiq #S34, (2) Amber LED/Amber Lens & (10) Red LED/Red Lens
22-90-0142
MARKER LIGHTS
A TecNiq S34 amber LED marker light with amber lens shall be recess mounted in a rubber sealing
grommet placed in the lower front cab side, forward of the driver and officer door, on each side of the
cab. The light body shall be urethane filled to ensure against moisture intrusion. These cowl mounted
lights shall have 100,000 hour life and shall carry a manufacturers 10 year warranty.
Seven (7) TecNiq S34, red LED marker and clearance lights with red lens shall be installed at the rear of
the body. Two lights shall be placed at each lower rear step corner, facing the side. Two lights shall be
placed in the lower rear step corners, facing the rear. Three lights shall be placed in the rear step vertical
flange.
Three (3) Truck-Lite model 35 red LED clearance lights with red lens shall be provided as an
identification cluster, surface mounted on the top, rear face of the tiller cab.
One (1) Body Side Directional Lights - TL 60042Y, LED, Midship, Under Body
22-90-030L
TURN/MARKER LIGHTS
One (1) Truck-Lite model 60042Y LED, amber body side directional light shall be provided and installed
forward of the rear axle on each side of the vehicle. The lights shall have black flanges and shall be
installed under the body with a Truck-Lite model 60730 stainless steel bracket.
One (1) Body Side Directional Light - Weldon 9186-8580-29, LED "Bug-Eye",Midship on Fend
22-90-031L
TURN/MARKER LIGHTS
One (1) Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED "bug-eye" type body side directional light shall be provided and
installed horizontally on the rear fender panel below the forward air bottle compartment on each side of
the vehicle. The lights shall have an amber polycarbonate lens and highly polished stainless steel
mounting flange or bezel.
One (1) License Plate Bracket (S/S) & LED Light - Rear of Vehicle
22-90-0405
LICENSE PLATE LED LIGHT & BRACKET
A stainless steel license plate bracket, painted black, shall be installed on the rear of the vehicle.
Mounted on the license plate bracket shall be a chrome light bracket containing a 12 volt LED lamp that
shall illuminate the license plate.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
91
S One (1) Rear License Plate Bracket Location - RS of Bod
22-90-0460
The license plate bracket shall be located on the rear of the vehicle, on the right side on rear face of
access ladder, Keep the bracket inboard so the license plate does not protrude past the side of the
step.
One (1) D.O.T. Reflectors
22-90-0500
D.O.T. REFLECTORS
Reflectors shall be placed on the cab and body as required by Federal standards. An amber reflector,
Signal Stat, model 32ADB, shall be placed on each side of the cab. Four (4) Signal Stat model 32DB red
reflectors shall be located on the rear face and sides of the body. The reflectors shall be rectangular in
shape.
S One (1) TFT CC-300
22-99-TFTF
TFT AIR PURIFIER
Provide and install the TFT CC-300 Crew protect in cab air filter, on top of the driver side rear
facing storage compartment, forward of the cup holder. Wired to ignition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
One (1) Cab Side Directional Lights - (2) Weldon 9186-8580-29, LED "Bug Eye"
23-02-9010
CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
92
Side directional lights shall be provided in addition to the front turn signals. They shall be Weldon model
9186-8580-29, LED "bug eye" type. One (1) light shall be mounted just above the front fender on each
side of the cab. Lights shall have an amber polycarbonate lens and highly polished stainless steel
mounting flange or bezel. The lights shall be wired into both the turn signal and the marker light circuits.
One (1) Configuration of Brake/Turn/Backup/Warning Lights at Rear of Apparatus
23-03-0010
BRAKE/TURN/BACKUP/WARNING LIGHTS CONFIGURATION
The brake, turn, backup and warning lights shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. Each light shall
be mounted horizontally in a vertical configuration, one light atop the other.
The order of lights shall be as follows:
Top: Brake
Second from top: Turn
Third from top: Back-up
Bottom: Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Rear Tail Light Location - On Brushed S/S Box Enclosures at Rear of Frame
23-03-0048
REAR TAIL LIGHT LOCATION
There shall be two (2) vertical style fabricated brushed stainless steel box enclosures mounted one (1)
each side of the trailer frame near the back end over the rear tailboard. The brushed finish on the boxes
shall be vertically oriented. The enclosures shall hold the tail lights in a vertical configuration.
One (1) STBU Lights - Whelen 600 Series, Clear Lens
23-03-0110
STOP-TURN-BACK UP LIGHTS
Two (2) Whelen series 600 LED red brake/tail lights, model 604BTTC, with clear outer lens, shall be
mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side. All brakes lights shall be programmed for "steady
burn" operation in compliance with FMVSS No. 108.
Two (2) Whelen series 600 LED amber arrow turn lights with clear lenses, model 604TC, shall be
mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side. They shall be provided with a "flash" pattern; a
"sweep" pattern shall not be allowed.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
93
Two (2) Whelen series 600 maximum intensity clear LED back up lights, model 604BU, shall be
mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
One (1) Bezels - (6) Whelen #6EFLANGE, Chrome-Single, f/ 600 Series Stop/Turn/Backup
23-03-0710
BEZELS
Six (6) Whelen #6EFLANGE chrome plated bezels shall be provided for the 600 series rear stop, turn,
and backup lights.
One (1) Tractor Rear Fender Stop/Turn Lights - Whelen 600, Clear Lens, Chrome Bezels
23-03-0510
TRACTOR STOP-TURN LIGHTS
The following set of Whelen 600 series stop/tail lights and turn signals shall be provided on the tractor
rear axle fenders, using Whelen 6EFLANGE chrome-plated bezels:
Two (2) Whelen series 600 LED red brake/tail lights, model 604BTTC, with clear outer lens, one on
each side, programmed for "steady burn" operation in compliance with FMVSS No. 108.
Two (2) Whelen series 600 LED amber arrow turn lights with clear lenses, model 604TC one on each
side, provided with a "flash" pattern. A "sweep" pattern shall not be allowed.
One (1) No Rear Pick Up Lights
23-04-05NO
One (1) Light Activation - Step Lights
23-05-0010
LIGHT ACTIVATION
The cab step lights shall be activated with the cab door open switch.
The step lights on the body shall be activated with the parking brake in conjunction with the marker
lights.
One (1) Step Lights - (8) Cab, TecNiq Eon, LED
23-05-0110
CAB STEP LIGHTS
Eight (8) TecNiq model EON, LED step lights shall be provided, two (2) at each cab entrance door.
They shall be mounted one (1) above and one (1) below each intermediate step, front step wells shall be
at the front, rear step well shall be at the rear.
Eight (8) Step Light Flange - TecNiq, Polished Stainless Steel
23-05-1412
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
94
The flange for the step lights shall be polished stainless steel.
One (1) Step Lights - (4) Body, TecNiq, LED, Surface Mount
23-05-0540
TURNTABLE STEP LIGHTS
Two (2) TecNiq Eon LED step lights, each with flanges, shall be surface mounted one (1) on each side to
illuminate the folding steps to the turntable.
One (1) TecNiq E10 LED step light with flange shall be surface mounted to the forward side of each rear
tractor fender to illuminate the tractor running boards.
Four (4) Step Light Flange - TecNiq, Polished Stainless Steel
23-05-1412
The flange for the step lights shall be polished stainless steel.
S Two (2) Step Lights - Additional Body, TecNiq Eon, LED, Surface Mount (Ea)
23-05-0910
BODY STEP LIGHT(S)
Two (2) TecNiq Eon LED step light(s) with flange shall be surface mounted on the body.
The body step lights shall be located: two (2) additional lights to be provided on the front face of
the water tank enclosure down low to illuminate the runningboards each side.
Two (2) Step Light Flange - TecNiq, Polished Stainless Steel
23-05-1412
The flange for the step lights shall be polished stainless steel.
One (1) Step Lights - Access Ladder, TecNiq Eon & TecNiq E10 LED, Surface Mounted
23-05-11A0
ACCESS LADDER STEP LIGHTS
The access ladder shall be illuminated by one (1) TecNiq Eon LED horizontal surface mounted step light
located above the top step shining downward and one (1) TecNiq E10 LED surface mounted step light
located below the top step, also shining downward.
One (1) Step Light Flange - TecNiq, Polished Stainless Steel
23-05-1412
The flange for the step lights shall be polished stainless steel.
One (1) Step Lights - Turntable, TecNiq Eon LED
23-05-1220
TURNTABLE STEP LIGHTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
95
There shall be three (3) TecNiq Eon LED step lights at the base of the aerial to illuminate the turntable
stepping surfaces.
There shall be a TecNiq Eon LED step light on the pedestal to illuminate the area around the pedestal.
This light shall be activated with the aerial PTO.
Four (4) Step Light Flange - TecNiq, Polished Stainless Steel
23-05-1412
The flange for the step lights shall be polished stainless steel.
S One (1) Light Activation - Ground Lights, w/Rocker Switch, Req INTELEX™PLUS
23-05-2020
LIGHT ACTIVATION
A momentary rocker switch shall be provided in the cab, that once activated, shall turn on all the
ground lights under every cab and crew cab door and all the ground lights on the body.
The Cab & Body ground lights shall always activate in combination with the marker light circuit
and park brake activation.
In addition, the ground lights under the cab shall come on any time a cab door is opened, regardless of
the perimeter light switch position.
One (1) Ground Lights - (4) Cab, TecNiq #E10 LED
23-05-2111
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof TecNiq #E10 LED ground lights shall be provided underneath the cab, per NFPA
requirements.
One (1) Ground Lights - (4) Body, TecNiq #E10 LED
23-05-2131
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof TecNiq #E10 LED ground lights shall be provided underneath the body, per
NFPA requirements.
Four (4) Ground Lights - Additional, TecNiq #E10 LED (Ea)
23-05-2181
GROUND LIGHTS
In addition to the standard, NFPA required ground lights, four (4) weatherproof TecNiq #E10 LED
ground lights shall be provided underneath the vehicle.
S Four (4) Additional Ground Light Location - As Specified
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
96
23-05-219B
Location of the additional TecNiq #E10 LED ground lights shall be located under LS2/RS2 and
LS4/RS4.
One (1) Work Light - (1) Engine Compartment, TecNiq E10 LED, Marauder Only
23-05-3010
ENGINE COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHT
One (1) TecNiq E10 LED engine compartment work light shall be provided and wired to illuminate
automatically when the cab is tilted. The light shall also be wired through the engine compartment
access door switch, providing illumination of fluid dip sticks and coolant overflow reservoir.
One (1) Work Lights- (2) Pump Module, TecNiq E18, LED
23-05-3150
PUMP MODULE WORK LIGHTS
Two (2) TecNiq E18-WCS0-1 LED lights shall be installed, one (1) on the left side behind the master
gauge panel and one (1) on the right side behind the hinged panel. Each light shall have a switch on it.
One (1) Tiller Alignment Light
23-05-5110
TILLER ALIGNMENT LIGHT
A center mounted tiller alignment light with chrome pole for the tiller driver shall be mounted on the
tractor cab roof. The light, with 12" pole, shall be an Attwood model 5557-P12A7. This light shall be
wired to the marker lights.
S One (1) Cab Dome Lights - (4) Whelen #60CREGCS, Red/Clear LED (Marauder Only)
23-11-1100
INTERIOR CAB DOME LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen 60CREGCS 6" round red/clear LED lights with push buttons shall be mounted in the
cab ceiling. Two (2) in front (driver & officer) and two (2) in the crew cab. All lights shall be controlled
by a switch on the light head.
Switches in the front of the cab shall be to the forward, switches in the rear of the cab shall be to
the rear.
Crew cab lights shall be mounted on the ceiling, off the outboard forward corner of the ceiling
mounted handrails. To allow for ease of reach from the seated positions.
One (1) Door Switches - Dome Lights, Automatic
23-11-1410
AUTOMATIC DOOR SWITCHES
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
97
Automatic door switches shall be provided for the cab dome lights. All white dome lights shall activate
with any cab door opening.
S One (1) Cab Dash Courtesy Lights - (1) TecNiq #E02 Red, LED
23-11-2810
CAB DASH COURTESY LIGHTS
One (1) TecNiq E02 red LED courtesy light shall be located under the cab dash driver side to
illuminate foot switches. The light shall include a black flange. It shall activate with the marker light
circuit.
Four (4) Cab Door Lights - Whelen OSR00FCR Flashing Red LED, Chrome Flange (Ea)
23-11-292L
CAB DOOR INTERIOR LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen model OSR00FCR flashing red LED lights in chrome flanges shall be installed on the
interior of the specified cab entrance doors, above the door seal in the lower outboard corner.
Four (4) Cab Door Light Location - All Doors (Match Door Quantity)
23-11-292Z
The cab doors receiving lights shall be all the doors.
S Four (4) Hand Light - Pelican 8060 LED (Ea)
23-12-3000
HAND LIGHTS
Four (4) Pelican 8060 LED Flashlights, black in color, with chargers and wired battery direct.
-Crew lights, shall be located one (1) each side, of the EMS cabinet. The charger will be 5" from
the floor and 7" from the front face to the bottom corner of the charger and the charger will be at
a 45 degree angle.
-The driver and officer lights shall be mounted inside the access door on the angle.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
98
______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
One (1) No Center Lights in Transverse Compartment Required
23-25-0170
S Seventy (70) Exterior Compartment Lights TecNiq Eon
23-25-01PW
EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Seventy (70) TecNiq EON LED Lights shall be provided and installed.
Shall be provided and mounted to each side of the compartments. Six (6), Three (3) each side, in
LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5, RS1 RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, and Four (4) Two (2) each side, in LS6 and
RS6, in Lights shall be evenly spaced from top to bottom, mounted vertically.
Two (2) additional to be installed on the forward wall of each runningboard compartment up
high, one (1) in each compartment on an angle bracket.
S One (1) Lightbars - (2) Whelen #F4N MINI, LED, Side Facing
24-10-WFE6
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
99
SIDE FACING LIGHTBARS
Two (2) Whelen Freedom Approx, 22" LED, per the below WECAD Drawing, the lightbars shall
be mirrored to the other side, with the amber to the rear of the apparatus, the amber shall be
capable of individual control through the Intellex.
Lightbars shall be centered over the crew windows on 1.5" mounts with clear lenses.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Mini Lightbar Locations - Centered above Crew Doors
24-10-WFEX
The mini lightbars shall be located above the crew doors.
Two (2) Lightbar Mount - Whelen MKEZ7, 1.5" high, on Mini Lightbars
24-15-3020
The Whelen mini lightbar shall be mounted using a 1.5" high mount, model MKEZ7.
One (1) Lens Color - Clear
24-UN-LNCC
The lens color shall be clear.
One (1) Lightbar - Whelen #F4N Red/Clear, 72" LED, with Emitter
24-10-WFG5
LIGHTBAR
A Whelen Ultra Freedom™ IV LC series LED 72" lightbar shall be provided on the cab roof. Six (6) red
Linear Super-LED® lightheads and four (4) white Linear Super-LED® lightheads shall be located on the
forward face and there shall be a red Linear Super-LED® light head in each of the four (4) corners. The
lens shall be clear.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
100
A GTT LED emitter assembly shall be installed in the center section on the front of the lightbar. The
emitter shall provide intersection control for quick response and reduced risk of accidents. The emitter
shall be programmed with high priority flash rate. A black rocker switch shall be provided in the cab
dash, per the approved dash layout.
The Opticom/Emitter shall be interlocked to only work when the Emergency Master is active and the
Parking Brake is released. It will be on an on/off black rocker switch that can be left on and will only be
active when the Emergency Master is active and the Parking Brake is released.
_________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Lightbar Mount - Whelen MKEZ7, 1.5" high, on Lightbars
24-15-3022
The Whelen lightbar shall be mounted using a 1.5" high mount, model MKEZ7.
S One (1) GTT GPS Vehicle Kit
24-10-WFPW
GTT GPS VEHICLE KIT
A GTT GPS Vehicle kit shall be supplied, GTT Part number 7610001155-0, shall be provided and
installed on the apparatus. GTT GPS Vehicle Kit, locate in Zone 4.
The antenna is to be installed on the cab roof, far driver side outboard of lightbar, reference photo
in antenna specification.
The GPS vehicle kit shall be wired into the turn signals.
One (1) Beacons - (2) Whelen Micro Edge #MCFLED25 Super-LED®, Red LED/Clear Lens
24-20-WLFF
WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) Whelen Micro Edge MCFLED25 red Super-LED® warning lights with clear lens shall be
provided and installed on the upper rear of the apparatus. Each light shall consist of two (2) Linear-LED
Super LED®s with a built-in flasher. The flasher shall have the factory set SignalAlert™ 75 flash
pattern.
S One (1) Beacon Locations - (2) on Brackets Attached to Body Deck
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
101
24-20-Y020
The rear beacons shall be installed on brackets attached to the body deck.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Two (2) Beacon Bracket Finish - Brushed (Ea)
24-20-Y050
Two (2) bracket(s) for the beacon(s) shall have a brushed finish.
Twelve (12) Perimeter - Whelen #60R02F*R, Super-LED®, Red (Ea)
24-30-WL6A
WARNING LIGHTS
Twelve (12) Whelen model 60R02F*R red linear Super-LED® warning light(s) with flange(s) shall be
installed on the apparatus. The flash pattern of the light(s) shall be the factory set SignalAlert™ 75 flash
pattern.
Twelve (12) Lens Color - Clear
24-UN-LNCC
The lens color shall be clear.
Twelve (12) Light Flange - Chrome Plated
24-UZ-FL10
The light flange shall be chrome plated.
S Four (4) Body Side Warning Lights - Whelen T-Series, #TSSPR, Red w/Chrome Flange (Ea)
24-35-082C
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
102
BODY SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen ION™ T-Series model #TSSPR red Super-LED® warning lights with model
chrome flange shall be installed. The flash pattern shall be the factory default, Signal-Alert 75.
S Four (4) Warning Light Locations - As Specified
24-35-0890
The warning lights shall be located vertically on the forward flange of the LS2/RS2 and LS4/RS4
compartments, up high.
One (1) Warning Light Box - (2) Trailer Mid-Mount, Painted
24-3L-0095
WARNING LIGHT BOX
A box style warning light mount painted job color shall be installed on each side of the body aft of the
high side compartments on the trailer catwalks, just forward of the tiller axle and out to the edge.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
S One (1) Standard Perimeter Warning Light Locations - Custom Apparatus
24-3L-0100
Location of each perimeter warning light shall be:
Zone A Upper:
__X__ Front light bars
Zone A lower:
__X__ Warning lights inboard of turn signals
Zone B/D lower:
__X__ Warning lights on side of bumper
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
103
__X__ Warning lights on side of cab, to rear of axle center, near crew door hinge
__X__ Warning lights on body above tiller axle at rear of ladder stakes
Zone C upper:
__X__ Rear beacons
Zone C lower:
__X__ Warning lights with the B/T/T
S One (1) Traffic Adv - Federal
24-80-WLE5
TRAFFIC ADVISOR™
A Federal Signal, 30" Viper with 3rd Brake lightshall be provided, #MPSSM30-BRK-50, with
center wire exit. Control head to be installed in the main cab dash, per the approved layout. A 5
light head, four (4) amber with one (1) center brake light. All clear lens. Installed on the rear of
the tiller cab, below the window above the scene light.
One (1) Traffic Arrow Control Head - Recessed In Lower Dash
24-81-CTLD
The control head for the traffic arrow shall be recess mounted in the lower dash.
One (1) Traffic Advisor™ Wiring - Battery Switched
24-81-CTX6
The Traffic Advisor™ shall be wired battery switched.
S One (1) Installation - Traffic Advisor, Surface Mount on Rear
24-82-IN0S
The traffic advisor shall be surface mounted on the rear of the rear of tiller cab.
One (1) Electric horn - Single
25-00-0100
AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES
One (1) automotive electric horn controlled by the steering wheel horn button shall be provided.
One (1) Backup Alarm - Ecco SA901, Auto DBA Adjust
25-01-0500
BACKUP ALARM
There shall be an Ecco SA901 electronic backup alarm provided that shall sound when the truck is placed
in reverse to warn persons near or on the apparatus. The alarm shall be automatically adjustable and shall
maintain a sound level of a minimum of 5 decibels over the environmental noise level. Sound level range
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
104
shall be 82 to 107 decibels.
One (1) Tiller to Cab Buzzer - with Button, Each Location
25-16-1000
TWO-WAY TILLER TO CAB BUZZER SYSTEM
There shall be a two way signal and warning system provided to indicate truck movement as required by
the NFPA. It shall consist of a buzzer mounted in the tractor cab that shall instruct the driver to go
forward, backup or stop and a second buzzer located in the tiller cab to alert tillerman that the vehicle
will be moving forward or backward. Buzzers shall be activated by a switch located in tractor cab and the
"horn" button in the center of the tiller steering wheel. They shall be labeled: (1 - STOP) (2 - GO) (3 -
BACKUP).
The tillerman's buzzer button shall also be part of the engine starting system interlock that requires
tillerman to be on board, i.e. he must activate buzzer to allow driver to start engine.
One (1) Air Horns - Dual, Grover
26-00-0030
DUAL AIR HORNS
Two (2) Grover Stuttertone® air horns shall be furnished. A pressure protection valve shall be installed
in-line to prevent loss of all air from the vehicle air brake system. The air horns shall range from 18" to
24" in length and shall be as long as possible, dependent upon other selected options and extension
length.
One (1) Air Horn Locations - Both on Right Side of Bumper
26-00-006R
Both of the air horns shall be located on the right side of bumper.
One (1) Air Horn Foot Switch - Linemaster® #491 (Ea)
26-00-0410
AIR HORN FOOT SWITCH
One (1) Linemaster® Model 491 momentary foot operated switch(es) to activate the air horn(s) shall be
installed on the cab floor.
One (1) Foot Switch Shall be Deactivated When the Parking Brake is Set
26-15-7015
The foot switch shall be deactivated when the parking brake is set.
S One (1) Foot Switch Location - Driver's Side, Outboard of Steering Column
26-15-7030
The foot switch shall be located on the driver's side by the feet outboard of steering column,
inboard of the Q2B switch. Reference 78M25-26.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
105
One (1) Air Horn Operation - Rocker Switch, Right Side Dash
26-00-0810
AIR HORN SWITCH
A red momentary rocker switch shall be installed in a convenient location on the officer's side of the cab
dash or engine cover to operate the air horn(s).
One (1) 12" Chrome Bell - Right Side, Cowl Mount
26-01-5100
FIRE BELL
A 12" chrome plated fire bell shall be provided and installed on the right front corner of the cab cowl. A
pull cord shall extend through the front cab skin that is accessible to the officer in order to ring it. A knob
control and stainless steel storing hook shall also be provided. The guide for the cord in the cab face shall
be a chrome plated polished casting or a polished stainless steel machine formed escutcheon to pull easy
without damaging the cord. The section of the cab cowl where the bell is hung shall be thoroughly
reinforced to prevent any distortion or flexing of the cab skin caused by the weight of the bell. The
reinforcement shall consist of a 3/16" thick 304 stainless steel rolled steel plate (to match cab corner
radius) which is welded to the cab tubular substructure framing.
S One (1) Electronic Siren - Whelen Beta
26-10-7410
WHELEN SIREN
A Whelen model Beta112 electronic siren shall be provided in the cab dash. The siren has a selectable
output of 100 or 200 Watts. With PA Capability. PA volume control shall be set at 100%
The siren head shall be wired battery switched. Auxiliary activation switches shall only be active when
the emergency master and ignition are activated.
One (1) Electronic Siren Head Location - Upper Dash
26-10-860A
The electronic siren head shall be located in the upper dash.
One (1) Siren Head Horn Ring - Wired
26-10-8620
The horn ring feature of the siren head shall be wired and activated, per the siren head manufacturers
installation manual. See manual for operation.
S One (1) Electronic Siren - Whelen AlphaSL
26-10-741F
WHELEN SIREN
A Whelen AlphaSL remote siren head in addition to the BETA Siren, programmed to the HI-LOW
tone only. This will be wired to the spare switch in zone 16, Labeled HI-LOW. This is a new
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
106
California Requirement for Evacuation Tone.
S Two (2) Magnetic Mic Clip
26-10-8Z85
MAGNETIC MIC
Two (2) Magnetic Mic siren mic clip shall be provided and located per radio install.
Magnetic Mic Single Unit
#MMSU-1
magneticmic.com
One (1) Siren Speaker - Whelen Projector #SA-315P w/ Flame Grille, In Bumper (Ea)
26-11-WS30
SIREN SPEAKER(S)
One (1) Whelen Projector Series SA-315P, 100-watt speaker(s) with Seagrave "Flame" polished grille
shall be recess mounted in the front bumper extension.
One (1) One Speaker Location - Center of Bumper
26-11-Y01C
The speaker shall be located in the center of the bumper.
S One (1) Siren Speaker - Whelen Projector #SA-315P
26-11-WS3F
SIREN SPEAKER
One (1)Whelen Projector Series SA-315P, 100-watt speaker shall be provided.
S One (1) One Speaker Location - Under Bumper
26-11-Y01C
The speaker shall be located under/behind the bumper officer side.
One (1) Mechanical Siren - Federal Signal Q2B®, Recessed in Bumper
26-15-4500
MECHANICAL SIREN
A Federal Signal Model Q2B® siren with chrome plated housing shall be recessed mounted in the front
bumper extension with front and vane grille exposed.
The siren activation switches shall only be active when the emergency master is activated.
One (1) Q2B® Siren Location - Left Side of Bumper, Notched out & Flush
26-15-462G
The Q2B® siren shall be mounted on the left side of the bumper, notched out and flush.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
107
One (1) Mechanical Q2B® Foot Switch - Linemaster® #491 (Ea)
26-15-5980
MECHANICAL Q2B® FOOT SWITCH
One (1) Linemaster® Model 491 momentary foot operated switch(es) to activate the mechanical Q2B®
siren shall be installed on the toe board of the cab floor.
One (1) Foot Switch Shall Not be Deactivated When Parking Brake is Set
26-15-7010
The foot switch shall not be deactivated when the parking brake is set.
S One (1) Foot Switch Location - Driver's Side, Outboard of Steering Column
26-15-7030
The foot switch shall be located on the driver's side by the feet, outboard of the steering column,
outboard of the air horn footswitch. Ref 78M25-26.
One (1) Q2B Siren Brake Rocker Switch Location - Driver's Side & Officer's Side
26-15-598M
Q2B BRAKE ROCKER SWITCHES
A siren brake red rocker switch shall be installed in the cab, at the driver's side and officer's side switch
panels, properly labeled.
One (1) Q2B® Siren Activation - Rocker Switch, Officer
26-15-5992
The Federal Signal Q2B® shall be activated by a black rocker switch on the officer's side dash.
One (1) Q2B® Siren Master Switch, Driver's Side
26-15-6025
A master switch for the Federal Signal Q2B® siren shall be provided under the driver's side dash.
Activation of the master switch shall remove all power to the solenoid.
One (1) Siren/Horn Selector Switch - (3) Position
26-15-7215
SIREN/HORN SELECTOR SWITCH
There shall be a three (3) position selector black rocker switch that shall allow the driver to switch
activation of the automotive horn (air or electric) to the vehicle electric mechanical siren or electronic
siren. The switch shall allow the standard steering wheel button to sound either the horn or the sirens.
One (1) Siren/Horn Selector Switch Up Position Use - Air Horn
26-15-721A
The up position of the siren/horn selector switch shall be for the air horn.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
108
S One (1) Siren/Horn Selector Switch Middle Position Use - DOT Horn
26-15-722M
The middle position of the siren/horn selector switch shall be for the DOT Horn.
S One (1) Siren/Horn Selector Switch Bottom Position Use - Electronic Siren
26-15-723B
The bottom position of the siren/horn selector switch shall be for the electronic siren.
One (1) Side Mount Operator Stand Shall Be 48" Wide
30-00-0048
S One (1) Operator Stand - 32" Side Ctrl, S/S,
30-00-SH2A
OPERATOR STAND
A 32"” wide modular operator stand with side mount controls, shall be installed
The operator stand shall be independently mounted and furnished with flex joints between the cab and
the body to allow for flexure of the chassis frame during road travel. (No exceptions to this requirement).
The operator stand substructure shall be fabricated of 304 stainless steel structural shapes and formed
304 stainless steel plate and shall also support the side running boards. It shall be installed on the chassis
with a four point isolator arrangement that allows it to flex independently of the chassis frame. A Tech
Products rubber isolator shall be used at each mounting point for this purpose. The substructure,
including the pump and plumbing shall be removable from the vehicle as one complete unit. The
aluminum ceiling of the operator stand shall be fastened with stainless steel machine screws so that it
may be removed for access to the pump and piping as required.
Removable 304 stainless steel panels, full height and width, shall be provided on both sides of the
operator stand and a stainless steel pump access door shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. Each
door shall be hinged along the top and held closed with compression latches or held open with two (2)
gas struts.
CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges shall be located on the left side of the apparatus on a stainless steel panel
with color coded identification plates.
The following controls and gauges shall be located on the control panel for convenient operation:
All discharge controlsElectronic engine throttle or governor
Primer control
Tank fill control
Tank to pump control
Master discharge gauge
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
109
Master intake gauge
1/4" NPT Allen head pressure and vacuum test plugs
Auxiliary cooler control
Master pump drain control
Individual pressure gauges
Water level indicator
CROSSLAY BEDS
There shall be a full width crosslay hose bed provided at the top of the operator stand.
Crosslay height to be a minimum of 17.5", the top of crosslay cover shall be approximately even to
the top of the cab.
Two (2) hose beds at the front shall have the capacity to carry a minimum of 200 feet of
pre-connected 1.88" double jacketed hose, in a dual stack configuration. Remaining area to the
rear, shall be open for a dead lay of hose.
The interior sides of the hose bed shall be constructed of aluminum and shall have a DA finish. The
interior of the hose beds shall be smooth and free from all sharp projections which might damage hose.
Two (2) adjustable crosslay hose bed partition (divider) shall be provided, constructed of 3/16" thick
5052-H32 aluminum alloy plate. It shall have a DA finish. The divider shall be fully adjustable at each
end of the hose bed. The divider shall be held in place by two (2) bolts at each end of the partition's
bottom flange.
The bottom of the crosslay hose beds shall be provided with a vented surface, with ventilation
holes, for the stored hose.
One (1) RS Removable Pump Panel
30-02-5210
RIGHT SIDE REMOVABLE PUMP PANEL
The officer's side (Right Side) pump discharge intake panel shall be removable through a series of lift
and turn latches around the perimeter. Drains shall be on a lower panel.
Customer shall realize that all intake and discharge adapters and elbows, etc need to be removed prior to
panel coming off.
One (1) Operator Stand Panel Finish - Side Mount, Brushed S/S
30-02-7010
OPERATOR STAND PANEL FINISH
Pump panels, on both sides of vehicle and including the gauge panel and inspection doors, shall be
brushed stainless steel. The outward facing exterior stainless steel surfaces of the open bin, if present,
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
110
shall be also be brushed.
S One (1) Running Board - 32", LS, ATP, with Slide-Out Step
30-05-48LH
LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH SLIDE-OUT STEP
The left side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum tread plate. Two (2) supports shall extend
from the operator stand framing to securely support the running board. The outer edges of the running
boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in.
An air space shall be provided between the aluminum running board, the body and the operator stand to
prevent moisture and debris from being trapped between these components.
A bolt-on slide-out step shall be installed below the left side running board on the side of the operator
stand to meet the current edition of NFPA 1900 requirements. A SlideMaster® model AM3 aluminum
slide mechanism shall be installed allowing the slide-out step to extend 100% of the slide length. The
slide-out step shall be able to support a 500 pound load. The slide mechanism shall be secured with a
SlideMaster 3-rail IMS spring lock. The stepping surface shall be aluminum tread plate and shall
measure approximately 15" wide x 15" deep in its extended position. A proximity switch shall be
provided at the step that shall activate the door ajar/hazard warning light in the cab if the step is not
properly stowed when the parking brake is released.
One (1) Step Light - Pull-Out Step, (1) TecNiq E10 LED
23-05-0710
STEP LIGHT
A TecNiq E10 LED light shall be installed so as to illuminate the pull-out step.
S One (1) Running Board - 32", RS, ATP, w/ Pocket Step & Hose Well
30-05-48RV
RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH POCKET STEP AND HOSE WELL
The right side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum tread plate. Two (2) supports shall extend
from the operator stand framing to securely support the running board. The outer edges of the running
board shall be flanged, i.e. formed down.
An air space shall be provided between the aluminum running board, the body and the operator stand to
prevent moisture and debris from being trapped between these components.
There shall be one (1) hose well recess mounted in the running board, hosewell shall be 18.75" Wide, x
11.50" High x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Dek® shall be provided in the well.
A built-in pocket step shall be located at the front end of the trough.
One (1) Retaining Strap - Velcro, for Running Board Hose Well
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
111
30-05-X010
RETAINING STRAP
A two-piece black polypropylene Velcro retaining strap shall be provided for the hose well. It shall be
permanently attached on the inboard and outboard side of the trough and shall secure in the center.
Looped ends of the strap shall be secured to the apparatus with footman's loops.
One (1) Pump Mount Bracket
30-06-0W60
PUMP MOUNT BRACKET
A set of mounting brackets shall be used to mount the operator stand and the water pump as one complete
module to the apparatus chassis. This system shall be mounted at four points to the chassis frame and
shall incorporate flexible isolators to absorb stresses from chassis twisting and vibrations.
One (1) Grab Rails - (2) 8" Knurled Aluminum, on Operator Stand, Next to Cab
30-12-000A
GRAB RAILS
An 8" knurled aluminum grab rail shall be provided on the right and left side of the operator stand, next
to the hinged access door on the side of the door next to the cab, using offset stanchions.
One (1) Pump Panel Labels - Custom
30-12-0020
PUMP PANEL LABEL COLOR CHART
Color and verbiage shall be specified by customer utilizing the OEM color chart prior to the end of the
time of order. Any label not noted is at the discretion of the manufacturer.
Innovative Controls warrants their pump panel labels for 25 years against discoloration and fading.
One (1) Ground Lights - (2) Side Mount Operator Stand, TecNiq E10, LED
30-12-0100
GROUND LIGHTS
Two (2) weatherproof TecNiq E10 LED ground lights shall be provided underneath the pump enclosure,
one each side, per NFPA requirements.
One (1) Pump Panel Lights - (4) TecNiq E10 LED, Side Mount
30-12-0110
PUMP PANEL LIGHTS
The driver's side of the operator stand shall have three (3) TecNiq E10 LED lights located beneath light
shields to illuminate the pump panel controls and gauges. The officer's side shall have one (1) TecNiq
E10 LED light beneath the light shield.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
112
S One (1) Pump Panel Light Activation - 1 Light by Pump Shift, Side Mount
30-12-0410
PUMP PANEL LIGHT ACTIVATION
One (1) of the lights on the driver's side of the operator stand over the master gauge panel shall be
activated when the pump is engaged. Shall work in conjuction with the Waterous OK To Pump
indicator. Light shall be labeled same as previous apparatus, "OK TO PUMP".
One (1) Light Switch - Pump Panel
30-12-0490
PUMP PANEL LIGHT SWITCH
A black rocker switch on the pump panel shall activate the pump panel lights not already activated by
either the pump engaging or the marker/ground lights & parking brake combination.
One (1) Weatherproof Speaker with Brushed S/S Speaker Grille
30-12-0880
WEATHERPROOF SPEAKER AND GRILLE
There shall be a Federal Signal #AD-SF-25 weatherproof speaker mounted on the pump panel. The
speaker shall be mounted with a protective brushed stainless steel grille.
S One (1) Speaker Wires
30-12-08PW
SPEAKER WIRES
Two (2) Sets of Speaker wires shall be installed between operator stand speaker and under the
officer's seat, labeled properly. Speaker Wires are to be provided and installed in conjuction with
the radio install.
S One (1) Radio Switch on Pump Panel
30-12-09PW
RADIO SWITCH ON PUMP PANEL
A spare black rocker switch shall be installed on the common plate with the other pump panel
mounted switches. The switch shall be a SPDT ON-OFF-ON maintained switch, labeled 800MHZ
(top), Off (middle) VHF (down). Switch shall be wired to the customer supplied and Seagrave
Installed Radios.
One (1) ATP Covers - Crosslay Atop Pump Enclosure
30-12-1120
CROSSLAY COVER
There shall be an aluminum cover for the crosslay. The cover shall be constructed of 3/16" aluminum
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
113
tread plate and be hinged with a stainless steel piano hinge. The cover shall be hinged at the front of the
hose bed and shall be provided with a rubber bumper on each end to prevent cover from contacting the
cab.
One (1) Vinyl End Flaps - Lift-Up w Shock Cords, Crosslay ATP Cover
30-12-112B
CROSSLAY END FLAPS
Weighted covers shall be provided for the ends of the crosslay hose beds. The lift-up covers shall be
made of 20 oz. per square yard polyester coated with a urethane top coat (vinyl). The vinyl covers shall
be permanently attached to the ATP cover. A reinforcement stiffener bar shall be installed near the
bottom. A shock cord shall be stitched into the bottom of the cover, without external knots. Two (2)
orange/red nylon pull straps shall be connected to the shock cord, as diagrammed below. Two (2) pegs
on the crosslay pan lip shall be installed to catch and hook the shock cord.
This cover combination shall restrain the hose in the crosslay from unintentional deployment while the
vehicle is underway in normal operations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Vinyl End Flaps Cover Shall be Black in Color
30-12-112K
The vinyl end flaps cover shall be black in color. Color number of the vinyl is 705-1075.
One (1) Hold Open Device for Crosslay ATP Cover
30-12-1135
HOLD OPEN DEVICE
A hold open device shall be installed on the crosslay aluminum tread plate cover.
One (1) Crosslay ATP Cover - Orange Perimeter Line
30-12-2020
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
114
ORANGE PERIMETER LINE
In accordance with NFPA 1900, the perimeter of the cover shall be marked with a one-inch wide safety
orange line to delineate the designated standing or walking surface area.
One (1) Crosslay Discharges - (2) 1-1/2" with 2" Plumbing, with Push-Pull Valves
34-16-0010
CROSSLAY DISCHARGES
Two (2) 1-1/2" discharges shall terminate in the crosslay hose beds. Each shall be plumbed with 2" high
pressure hose and/or piping and a 2" ball type brass valve, terminating with a 1-1/2" NST 90 degree
swivel outlet in each hose bed. The valve control for each crosslay discharge shall be installed on the
pump operator's panel.
One (1) Pump - Waterous, 1500 GPM, Single Stage, CSU
31-00-0400
WATEROUS PUMP
Pump shall be a Waterous CSU single stage 1500 GPM midship mounted centrifugal type, carefully
designed in accordance with good modern practice. The pump shall be tested at the manufacturer's
facility and certified by an independent testing organization.
Pump shall be NFPA 1900 current version compliant.
The pump shall be designed with a two-piece, horizontally split body with intake and discharge
passageways in a single casting and on the same level.
The casing shall be two-piece, horizontally-split, high-tensile, close grained gray iron. All passageways
shall be carefully matched to assure the very best hydraulic flow characteristics.
The wear rings shall be bronze, reverse-flow, labyrinth-type and replaceable.
The bronze impellers shall be balanced both mechanically and hydraulically for vibration-free operation.
Flame plated impeller hubs shall be standard to assure longer life despite the presence of abrasives in the
water supply.
The impeller shaft shall be heat-treated stainless steel that is ground at all critical areas and polished
under packing. The two-piece design shall allow for separation of the transmission from the pump
without disassembling either component.
Three deep-groove anti-friction ball bearings shall be located outside the pumping chamber to give
support and proper alignment to the impeller shaft assembly. The bearings shall be oil or grease
lubricated and shall be completely separate from the water being pumped. They shall be protected by
seal housings, flinger rings and oil seals.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
115
Flinger rings shall be located on the impeller shaft between the seal housings and bearing housings.
They shall provide added protection and keep water and foreign matter out of the bearings.
PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission shall be rigidly attached to the pump body assembly and be of latest design
incorporating a high strength, involute tooth form Morse™ HV chain drive capable of operating at high
speeds to provide smooth, quiet transfer of power. The shift engagement shall be accomplished by a
free-sliding collar to maintain ROAD or PUMP position.
One (1) Pump Packing - Graphite
31-01-0210
PUMP PACKING
Bearings to be protected from water and sediment by stuffing boxes with square graphite rings of packing
at each end of impeller shaft. Packing to be held in place by split bronze glands which are fully
removable and adjustable. Replaceable bronze wear rings to be provided on the pump.
One (1) Pump Shift - Waterous, Three-Position, Air, with Locking Collar
31-01-0570
PUMP SHIFT
An air operated shift system shall be provided that allows the shift arm position to be changed by means
of an in-cab mounted switch. It shall engage either the pump drive gear or the truck drive shaft gear. A
three-position positive lock air shift shall be provided.
One (1) Relief Valve - Intake Pressure, Waterous (Non-Pilot)
31-01-0735
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A 2-1/2" Waterous non-pilot operated intake relief valve shall be installed to the pump intake manifold.
It shall have a minimum pressure adjustment of 50 to 250 PSIG. The surplus water shall be plumbed to
the underside of the truck away from the operator, with an unthreaded connection.
One (1) Relief Valve Shall be Preset to 150 PSI
31-01-079C
The relief valve shall be preset to 150 psi.
One (1) Primer/Valve - Waterous Rotary Vane #VPO, w/ Vacuum Activated Electric Valve
31-01-1015
PRIMING DEVICE
Priming pump shall be a Waterous Model VPO electrically driven, positive displacement, rotary vane
type. It shall operate without the use of sealing oil, i.e. be of oil-less design and not require an oil tank.
Motor shall be totally enclosed to prevent dust, dirt and water from entering. Priming pump shall be built
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
116
by the manufacturer of the fire pump.
PRIMING VALVE
Priming valve shall be operated by a push button control on the pump panel. Pushing the button shall
automatically open the priming valve and activate the primer motor at the same time, thus being a one
hand operation.
PRIMER DISCONNECT
There shall be a primer disconnect switch and fuse located behind the master gauge panel to disconnect
power from the primer motor in the event the primer motor "hangs up".
One (1) Primer Push Button - Standard Size
31-01-101A
The Waterous primer push button shall be standard size.
One (1) Pressure Governor - FRC, PumpBoss™ MAX
31-01-1221
PRESSURE GOVERNOR and ENGINE MONITORING DISPLAY
Fire Research PumpBoss™ Max series PBA501-D00 pressure governor and control module kit shall be
installed. The kit shall include a control module, intake pressure sensor, discharge pressure sensor, and
cables. The control module housing shall be waterproof and have dimensions not to exceed 7 1/2" high
by 3 5/8" wide. The control knob shall be 2" in diameter with no mechanical stops, have a serrated grip,
and a red idle push button in the center. It shall not extend more than 2" from the front of the control
module. The control LCD shall be 3.5” in size with a minimum brightness of 1000 nits and optically
bonded to 3mm Borofloat Glass. Inputs for monitored engine information shall be from a J1939 data bus
or independent sensors. Outputs for engine control shall be on the J1939 data bus. Inputs from the pump
discharge and intake pressure sensors shall be electrical.
The following continuous displays shall be provided:
Engine RPM; shown on LCD screen
Check engine and stop engine warning; shown on LCD screen
Engine oil pressure; shown on LCD screen
Engine coolant temperature; shown on LCD screenTransmission Temperature; shown on LCD screenBattery voltage; shown on LCD screen
Pressure and RPM operating mode LEDs
Pressure / RPM setting; shown on LCD screen
Throttle ready / Ok to Pump LEDs.
On screen (LCD) message display shall show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It shall
show monitored apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
117
LCD Screen and LED’s intensity shall be automatically adjusted for day and nighttime operation.
The program shall store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine to be displayed with
the push of a button. It shall monitor inputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the
following conditions:
High Battery VoltageLow Battery Voltage (Engine Off)Low Battery Voltage (Engine Running)
High Transmission Temperature
Low Engine Oil Pressure
High Engine Coolant Temperature
Out of Water
No Engine Response
The program features shall be accessed via push buttons located on the front of the control module. There
shall be a USB port located at the rear of the control module to upload future firmware enhancements.
The pressure governor shall operate in two control modes, pressure and RPM. No discharge pressure or
engine RPM variation shall occur when switching between modes. A throttle ready and Ok to Pump LED
shall light when the interlock signal is recognized. The pressure governor shall start in pressure mode and
set the engine RPM to idle. In pressure mode the pressure governor shall automatically regulate the
discharge pressure at the level set by the operator. In RPM mode the governor shall maintain the engine
RPM at the level set by the operator except in the event of a discharge pressure increase. The pressure
governor shall limit a discharge pressure increase in RPM mode to a maximum of 30 psi. Other safety
features shall include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed
response and a push button to return the engine to idle.
The pressure governor control module shall be programmed at installation.
One (1) Auxiliary Engine Cooling System
31-01-2020
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be installed to permit use of water from the
discharge side of the fire pump to reduce the temperature of the antifreeze solution circulating through
the engine cooling system.
One (1) Warranty - Waterous, Pump, 7 Yr, Parts Only
91-75-0500
WATEROUS WARRANTY
The pump shall be warranted by Waterous to the original buyer that the pump is free from defects in
material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of seven (7) years from the date the
product is first placed in service, or seven and one-half (7-1/2) years from the date of shipment by
Waterous, whichever period shall be the first to expire; provided the Buyer notifies Waterous, in writing,
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
118
of the defect in said product within the warranty period, and said product is found by Waterous to be
nonconforming with the aforesaid warranty. This warranty covers parts only. See warranty certificate
for complete details.
One (1) Pump Anti-Corrosion System - (2) Magnesium Anodes, Waterous Pumps
31-01-0120
PUMP ANTI-CORROSION SYSTEM
An anti-corrosion system shall be installed to prevent galvanic corrosion within the pump. It shall consist
of two (2) sacrificial magnesium anodes. One shall be installed on each of the 6" main inlets. Anodes
shall be easily removable for inspection and replacement.
One (1) 1/2" Pump to Tank Recirculating Line
31-01-2040
1/2" RECIRCULATING LINE
A 1/2" pump to tank recirculating line shall be provided with control on pump panel.
One (1) Pump Piping - S/S Pipe, Discharge Manifold and HP Hose, Hydrotested
31-01-2110
PUMP PIPING –STAINLESS STEEL, MANIFOLD AND HIGH PRESSURE HOSE
All suction and discharge lines shall use schedule 10 stainless steel pipe or heavy duty pressure/vacuum
hose with stainless steel end fittings. Sweat soldered copper tubing is not acceptable. Where vibration or
chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping, the pipe shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber
couplings. All discharge and gated inlet lines to drain through individual drain valves. All individual
drain lines are to be extended to drain below chassis frame.
A stainless steel discharge manifold shall be used to feed the discharges, 2-1/2” or less, as required by the
plumbing layout.
All discharge caps on the apparatus 1-1/2” or larger shall be vented (except for the aerial rear
inlet/outlet).
All threaded fittings shall be sealed with a heavy duty Teflon anaerobic pipe sealant. It shall be in a
liquid form with a consistency similar to grease. Teflon tape shall not be acceptable. It shall be designed
to prevent corrosion between the mating surfaces and to allow for easy disassembly of the joints if
necessary. Permabond shall manufacture with a trade name of Permalok.
All water carrying pressure gauge lines are to be of flexible tubing to prevent breakage from vibration.
All suction inlets and discharge outlets shall be equipped with National Standard Threads (NST).
The entire pump and plumbing system shall be tested in accordance with the current version of NFPA
1900.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
119
One (1) Drain Valve - Line, Innov.Controls for Pump Panel Drains /Class 1 for Other
31-01-2135
DRAINS
An Innovative Controls 3/4" quarter turn ball drain or bleed off valve with a chrome plated lifting stroke
lever arm shall be provided for each gated hydrant inlet or discharge outlet located on the driver side and
passenger side pump panels. The valve shall be mounted in an accessible location and shall incorporate a
lifting ergonomic grip with color coded labels. The water discharged from the valve lines shall be routed
so it is exhausted below the chassis frame rails, with the discharge pointed toward the ground.
All remaining drain or bleed off valves located in areas other than the driver side and passenger side
pump panels, such as front suction drains located under the cab, shall be Class 1 3/4" quarter turn ball
drain with a rectangular handle and shall be properly labeled.
One (1) Tank to Pump Line Valve - 3", Electric
31-01-503E
TANK TO PUMP LINE
The tank to pump valve shall be a 3" inline, full flow valve installed between the water tank and the
pump. The valve shall be a quarter turn ball type, drop out design and constructed of brass. It shall be 12
volt electric operated with the control switch on the pump panel. A check valve shall be installed
between the pump and the valve to prevent water from flowing back into the tank.
One (1) Valves - Direct & Inline, All Akron
31-02-0110
AKRON VALVES
All direct and in-line valves shall be Akron model 8600 or 8800 heavy duty swing-out brass valves
designed for operating pressures to 250 PSI. Akron 8000 series valves have a 316 stainless steel ball
turning in self-adjusting ball seats and shall create a positive seal to hold pressure or vacuum in both
directions without the use of high maintenance o-rings.
If electric valves are chosen, the controller shall be model 9327.
One (1) Warranty - Akron Brass, 8600/8800 Heavy Duty Valves, 10 Year
91-75-052B
WARRANTY
Akron Brass warrants the 8600 and 8800 heavy duty valves for a period of ten (10) years after purchase
against defects in materials or workmanship. See warranty certificate for complete details.
S One (1) Master Compound Gauges - (2) Ashcroft, 4.5" dia., 30-0-400
31-02-0320
MASTER GAUGES
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
120
A pair of Ashcroft compound gauges shall be provided for the master Pump Intake and master Pump
Discharge gauges. The gauges shall be 4.5" in diameter and have a pressure range of 30-0-400 and shall
dampen vibration and pulsation. The gauges shall be the dry type for optimal performance in freezing
temperatures. The gauge body and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with black lettering on
white faces. The gauges shall each have an adjustable pointer and a vent hole to assist with
condensation.
The master gauges shall be grouped together on the pump operator's control panel for ease of observation
during pump operations, as required by NFPA 1900.
Bezels shall be secured with loc-tite.
One (1) Warranty - Ashcroft Gauges, 5 Yr,
91-75-3180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (5) year manufacturer’s warranty. See warranty certificate for
complete details.
S Six (6) Gauges - Discharge, 2.5", Ashcroft, 30-0-400, 1 per Discharge (Ea)
31-02-0420
PRESSURE GAUGE(S)
Six (6) individual line pressure gauge(s) for the 1.50" and larger discharges shall be furnished. The
gauge(s) shall be 2.5" in diameter and have a pressure range of 30-0-400 and shall dampen vibration and
pulsation. Each gauge shall be the dry type for optimal performance in freezing temperatures. The gauge
body and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with black lettering on white faces. Each gauge shall
have an adjustable pointer and a vent hole to assist with condensation.
Bezels shall be secured with loc-tite.
Six (6) Warranty - Ashcroft Gauges, 5 Yr,
91-75-3180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (5) year manufacturer’s warranty. See warranty certificate for
complete details.
One (1) Fuel Gauge - Pump Panel
31-02-1090
FUEL GAUGE
A 2" weatherproof fuel gauge shall be mounted on pump panel indicating the amount of fuel in tank. The
gauge shall be mounted in a well lit area for night operations.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
121
One (1) Fast Idle Switch - Pump Panel
31-02-1150
FAST IDLE SWITCH
A fast idle black rocker switch shall activate an engine high idle potentiometer. The circuit shall be wired
through the neutral safety/parking brake interlock to prevent activation when the transmission is in the
road mode. Fast idle shall be set at 1000 RPM's. A toggle switch located on the left side pump panel shall
be provided for this system.
One (1) Tank Level Gauge - Water, Class1, Intelli-Tank
31-02-2020
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE - MASTER
The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge for indicating water level.
The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on a 4-light LED display and show increments of 1/8
of a tank.
The Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge utilizes a pressure transducer that mounts on the outside of
the tank for sensing water or foam levels. No probes are required for the tank.
The lights shall be interlocked with the parking brake to operate only with the parking brake set.
One (1) Large Tank Level Displays - (2) Water, Whelen PSTANK2 LED - Cab
31-02-2190
LARGE WATER TANK LEVEL DISPLAYS
Two (2) Whelen "PSTANK2" water tank level displays with chrome bezels shall be provided on the cab,
one on each side of the cab. The displays shall be vertically mounted and wired to the Master water tank
level gauge through a remote display driver module.
The lights shall be interlocked with the parking brake to operate only with the parking brake set.
One (1) Remote Large Display Driver - Water Tank Level Gauge, Class1
31-02-2110
CLASS 1 WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE REMOTE LARGE DISPLAY DRIVER
A Class 1 remote large display driver for the water tank level gauge shall be provided. The driver shall
provide four (4) separate outputs for large remote tank level displays. Each output shall support multiple
lights up to a 7.5 amp capacity and shall mimic the function of the Master Tank Level display.
The lights shall be interlocked with the parking brake to operate only with the parking brake set.
One (1) Large Tank Level Display Location - Centered on Crew Cab Extension
31-02-220S
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
122
Lights shall be mounted behind the crew cab door each side, up high, centered on the cab extension.
Additional selected options may effect the exact placement of the light.
One (1) Tank Level Gauge - Foam, Class1, Intelli-Tank (Ea)
31-02-2220
FOAM TANK LEVEL GAUGE(S)
The apparatus shall be equipped with one (1) Class1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge(s) for indicating
foam level. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on a 4-light LED display and show
increments of 1/8 of a tank.
The Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge utilizes a pressure transducer that mounts on the outside of
the tank for sensing water or foam levels. No probes are required for the tank.
The lights shall be interlocked with the parking brake to operate only with the parking brake set.
One (1) Foam Tank Level Gauge Labeled - Foam Tank A
31-02-225A
The foam tank level gauge shall be labeled: Foam Tank A.
One (1) Main Pump Inlets - 6" Short, (1) L/S, (1) R/S
33-10-0200
PUMP INLETS
A 6" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. Removable die cast zinc
strainers shall be provided in each side inlet to provide cathodic protection for the pump and thus reduce
corrosion in the pump. Each inlet shall extend past the pump panel and shall allow a minimum of 10"
clearance to the outside edge of the running board.
S One (1) TFT External Inlet Elbow
33-10-02PW
TFT EXTERNAL INLET ELBOW
A TFT Inlet elbow shall be provided and shipped loose, TFT #AJ7NP-NX, Long Handle, 6" NST x
4" NST, threaded swivels, silver in color.
S One (1) External Valve - L/S Main Pump Inlet, TFT
33-10-0382
EXTERNAL VALVE - L/S MAIN PUMP INLET
A TFT External inlet valve shall be provided for the drivers side intake, model TFT
#AX7HNP-NX-PS, 6" NST x 4" NST valve, silver in color.
Two (2) No Long Handled Cap for the Main Pump Inlet
34-85-0045
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
123
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet - Gated, 2-1/2", Left Side (Ea)
33-10-1300
2-1/2" HYDRANT INLET(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" gated hydrant inlet(s) shall be furnished on the left side of the pump enclosure. The valve
shall be recessed behind the panel and shall be provided with a swing valve control extending through the
panel. The valve shall be of the drop out type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST female swivel
adapter and screen.
One (1) Plug & Chain - LS Auxiliary Gated Inlet, 2-1/2" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-0110
LEFT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" NST chrome plated plug(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the left side 2-1/2"
auxiliary gated inlet(s).
S One (1) Tank Fill Line - 1-1/2"
33-20-0150
TANK FILL
There shall be a 1-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed with a 1-1/2" inline valve. Valve shall be
controlled at the pump panel with a chrome locking handle. Due to watertank overflow 3", fill to be
necked down to 1" for tank filling requirements.
One (1) Front Bumper Discharge - 1-1/2" w Swivel & 2" & 2-1/2" Plumbing, Electric Valve
34-15-0115
FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE
One (1) 1-1/2" pre-connect discharge shall be located in the front bumper extension. The discharge shall
be plumbed from the pump with minimum 2" plumbing. It shall have a minimum 2" electric full flow
quarter turn valve. The discharge shall end in a chrome plated 90 degree swivel elbow.
One (1) Front Bumper Discharge Location - C: Center Hose Trough Position
34-15-020C
The discharge shall be located on the bumper in the center hose trough (C) position.
One (1) No Cap & Chain for Front Bumper Discharge
34-85-0510
One (1) Discharge - LS, 2-1/2", with Electric Valve (Ea)
34-20-025E
2-1/2" LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
124
One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball electric valve shall be located
on the left side panel. The outlet shall be operated by a 2-1/2" drop-out type electric valve with control at
the pump panel.
One (1) Adapter - LS 2-1/2" Discharge, 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" MNST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1210
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" FNPT x 2-1/2" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the 2-1/2" left side
discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow - LS 2-1/2" Discharge, 2-1/2" MNST, 45 Degree Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1214
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" FNST x 2-1/2" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be provided for the 2-1/2"
left side discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - LS 2-1/2" Discharge, 2-1/2", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1930
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP(S) & CHAIN(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the 2-1/2" left side
discharge(s).
One (1) Discharge - RS, 2-1/2", with Electric Valve (Ea)
34-21-025E
2-1/2" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball electric valve shall be located
on the right side panel. The outlet shall be operated by a 2-1/2" drop-out type electric valve with control
at the pump panel.
One (1) Adapter - RS Discharge, 2-1/2" MNST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1610
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" FNPT x 2-1/2" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the 2-1/2" right side
discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow - RS Discharge, 2-1/2" MNST, 45 Degree Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1614
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW(S)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
125
One (1) 2-1/2" FNST x 2-1/2" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be provided for the 2-1/2"
right side discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - RS Discharge, 2-1/2", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2030
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP(S) & CHAIN(S)
One (1) 2-1/2" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the right side
discharge(s).
One (1) Discharge - RS, 3" with Electric Valve (Ea)
34-21-0330
3" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE(S) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL
One (1) 3" discharge with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball electric valve shall be located on the right
side panel. The outlet shall be operated by a 3" drop-out type electric valve with control at the pump
panel.
One (1) Adapter - RS 3" Discharge, 3" x 4" MNST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1710
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER(S)
One (1) 3" FNPT x 4" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the 3" right side
discharge(s).
S One (1) Elbow - RS 3" Discharge, 4" MNST, 45 Degree Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1734
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW(S)
One (1) 4" FNST x 4" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be provided for the 3" right side
discharge(s), shall be shipped loose.
One (1) Elbow - RS 3" Discharge, 4" x 5" Storz, 30 Degree, Anodized (Ea)
34-85-1783
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW(S)
One (1) 4" FNST x 5" Storz 30 degree hard anodized aluminum elbow(s) shall be provided for the 3"
right side discharge(s).
S One (1) Cap - RS Discharge, 4", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2060
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP(S)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
126
One (1) 4" chrome plated cap(s) shall be shipped loose, With chain and clasps to attach to panel.
One (1) Foam System - FoamPro 2001, A or B Foam
36-90-4200
FOAMPRO 2001 FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM FOR CLASS "A" OR "B" FOAM
A FoamPro 2001 direct injection foam system capable of flowing 520 GPM of 0.5% concentration, 260
GPM of 1.0% concentration and 85 GPM of 3% concentration shall be provided.
The foam system shall be capable of discharging either Class "A" or "B" foam.
The foam proportioning system operation shall be based on a direct measurement of water flows and
pressure. The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel.
Incorporated within the control display shall be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system
flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate output. The microprocessor shall compare the
values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure that the proportion rate is accurate.
Push button control for the foam proportioning rate shall allow a ratio from 0.1% to 3.0% in 0.1%
increments. The rated capacity of the system shall be 85 GPM at 3.00% and 520 GPM at 0.5%.
Foam injection pump shall be rated at 2.50 GPM and be the positive displacement type powered by a 12
volt DC electric motor.
A check valve shall be installed between the water pump and the foam injection point to prevent foam
agent from contaminating the water pump. Also a check valve shall be placed between the foam pump
and injection point to prevent water flowing into the foam pump and foam tank.
After the flow meter and the foam injection point the discharge shall be split to feed four (4) different
outlets. Depending on the number of discharges utilized, nozzle flow rates selected and foam agent
percentage, all outlets may not be able to be used simultaneously at rated water or foam flows (see foam
capacities stated above) nor can one outlet (of the four) discharge water and another foam while the
system is in operation.
A panel mounted foam system flush valve shall be installed.
S One (1) Foam Capable Discharges - Direct Injection foam Systems
36-91-0010
FOAM CAPABLE DISCHARGES
The following discharges, if present, shall be foam outlets when a direct injection foam system has been
installed: 1, 2 & 3 crosslays/speedlays and front bumper discharge.
In addition to the standard discharges both 2 1/2" side discharges shall be foam capable. Customer
understands that not all can be pumped at the same time.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
127
One (1) Foam S stem Testin - Test Method 2
36-91-01M2
FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM TESTING
The foam proportioning system accuracy shall be tested using method 2 as specified in NFPA 1900,
current edition: "Measuring Foam Concentrate Pump Output Directly". With the foam system operating
at a given water flow rate, and water used as a substitute for foam concentrate, the output of the foam
concentrate pump shall be measured by diverting that output into a calibrated container for direct
measurement over a measured period of time. An alternative is to measure the water substitute with a
calibrated meter.
The contractors report shall contain the following information for each foam tested:
TANK A
Set Ratio:
% and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio:
% Lower Control Limit:
% Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: ___Yes ___No
TANK B
Set Ratio:
% and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio:
% Lower Control Limit:
% Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: ___Yes ___No
S One (1) Water Tank - 300 Gallon,
37-02-1850
RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
A rectangular polypropylene water tank shall be supplied. It shall have a capacity of 300 U.S. gallons
and shall be constructed per the manufacturer's specifications.
Water tank shall sit directly behind pump module, and be wrapped with a job color painted wrap.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
128
One (1) Tank Manufacturer - United Plastic Fabricatin (UPF)
37-31-4000
The tank shall be manufactured by United Plastic Fabricating (UPF).
S One (1) Water Tank Fill Tower - UPF, Black, 3" ID Vent Overflow
37-31-4100
WATER TANK FILL TOWER
The United Plastic Fabricating (UPF) tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The
polypropylene fill tower shall have a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter. (Standard size
shall be 12.00" x 12.00"). The fill tower shall be not less than 12.00" high and shall be flush with the top
of the body risers as standard. The fill tower shall be black in color. The tower shall be located in the
left front corner of the tank unless otherwise specified by the tank manufacturer to the purchaser. The
tower shall have a removable polypropylene screen and a polypropylene hinged cover. The capacity of
the tank shall be engraved on the top of the fill tower lid.
Inside the fill tower there shall be a combination vent/overflow pipe. The vent overflow shall be a
minimum of schedule 40 polypropylene pipe with a minimum I. D. of 3" that is designed to run through
the tank, and shall be piped to discharge water behind the rear wheels as required in NFPA 1900 so as to
not interfere with rear tire traction.
S One (1) Foam Tank - "A", 10 Gallon, Built Into Water Tank
37-35-020A
FOAM TANK
A ten (10) gallon "A" foam tank shall be incorporated into the water tank. These 10 gallons shall be
in addition to the amount of water specified. It shall be built by the same manufacturer as the water tank,
and per the manufacturer's specifications.
FOAM FILL TOWER
The foam fill tower shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter. The fill tower shall be
provided with an easy opening, hinged, latching cover. Within the fill tower shall be an anti-foaming fill
pipe. The fill tower shall be constructed to facilitate complete interior flushing as required. The fill
tower shall be equipped with a pressure/vacuum vent that enables the tank to compensate for changes in
pressure or vacuum when filling or withdrawing foam concentrate.
The fill tower shall be black in color.
One (1) Warranty - United Plastic Fabricating Tank, Limited Lifetime
91-75-053U
WARRANTY
The tank manufacturer, United Plastic Fabricating, shall provide a limited lifetime warranty. See
warranty certificate for complete details.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
129
S One (1) Fill Tower Wrap
37-31-4195
FILL TOWER WRAP
There shall be a ATP wall installed on top of the tank utilizing ATP to protect and cover the fill
tower.
One (1) Tank Cradle - Stainless Steel
37-31-4225
WATER TANK CRADLE
The tank shall rest on stainless steel cross members in conjunction with such additional cross-members,
spaced at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square inches of unsupported area under the
tank floor. In cases where overall height of the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross-member spacing shall be
decreased to allow for not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank shall be isolated
from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum thickness and width
dimension of .250" x 2.00" and a minimum Rockwell Hardness of 60 durometer. Additionally, the tank
shall be supported around the entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both front and rear as well as
side to side to prevent the tank from shifting during vehicle operation. Although the tank is designed on
a free floating suspension principle, the tank shall have adequate hold down restraints to minimize
movement during vehicle operation. If proper retention is not available or incorporated into the
apparatus hose floor, an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of tank, half way
between the front and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops shall be constructed of stainless steel
having minimum angular dimensions of 3.00" x 3.00" x .250" and shall be approximately 6.00" to 12.00"
long. These brackets shall incorporate a hard rubber isolating pad with a minimum thickness of .250"
affixed on the underside of the angle. The angle shall then be bolted to the body sidewalls of the vehicle
while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of the upper sidewall of the tank. Internal mounting
block design and hose bed floors shall be so designed that the floor slat supports extend full width from
side wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any way come in contact
with the individual covers where a puncture could occur. Hose floor loading shall support up to 200 lbs.
per sq. foot and shall be evenly distributed whenever possible. Other equipment such as generators,
portable pumps, etc. shall not be mounted directly to the tank top.
S One (1) Hydrant Wrench Install (2)
57-00-00PW
HYDRANT WRENCH AND INSTALL
Install A Triple Wrench Holder Set # 148-3-7, on front of water tank enclosure both sides. Care to
be taken to confirm clearance to the runningboard/hose tray. Hydrant Wrench to be Provided
and installed by Seagrave.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
130
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
S One (1) Runningboard Compartments
37-02-185P
RUNNINGBOARD COMPARTMENTS
Runningboard Compartments, shall be provided each side of the water tank enclosure, below the
frame level, With a painted drop down door with chain restraint. Exact size to be determined
during engineering. D-Handle shall be provided. Shall be wired to hazard warning.
S One (1) Water Tank Enclosure Hook Mount
37-02-185X
REAR CAB WALL HOOK MOUNT
A NUPLA, RH-6DA with aluminum handle shall be provided and installed officer side front of the
water tank enclosure, with tines rearward. An Aluminum Tread Plate sleeve with a PAC Lock
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
131
#1004 mount shall be installed to secure the pike pole. The sleeve shall be set at a height that the
rubbish hook is above the water tank enclosure, and provide proper clearance to the
runningboard.
D-Handle is perpendicular to the tines of the rubbish hook, allowing the handle to sit flat against
the front wal of water tank, and tines to be rearward.
One (1) Tractor Mounting Substructure
44-00-0005
TRACTOR MOUNTING SUBSTRUCTURE
The tractor body shall be mounted to the chassis frame with 4 heavy duty gusseted angle L-brackets (3 on
the left side, 1 on the right side). The angle brackets shall be made from 2" x 2" x 0.25" horizontal angles
and 2" x 2" x 0.25" vertical angle welded in an "L" shape.
These angle brackets shall also serve to support the running boards on each side of the vehicle. The front
running board shall be secured at the front with a 2" x 2" x 0.25" angle and a 4.5mm formed plate bolted
into the body.
The rear fender areas shall be supported by a channel assembly that shall be bolted to the chassis frame
(1 each side). The channel assembly shall be a .25" formed assembly 6.50" wide x 3.50" tall front flange,
1.75" rear flange.
The front fender area shall be supported by a 1.5" x .25" thick square tube that is fully transverse from
driver's to officer's side and bolted to a chassis cross member.
In addition, the compartment behind the cab shall be supported by (4) 0.38" formed steel brackets (1 in
each corner of the compartment) and bolted directly to the chassis frame.
One (1) Tractor Inner Liners - Rear, Aluminum
44-00-0015
TRACTOR REAR ALUMINUM INNER LINERS
Full semi-circular inner liners shall be provided in each wheel housing. They shall be constructed of
aluminum and shall be bolted in place so they may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal
screws are not acceptable. The bottom edge of liner shall be reinforced along its full length, however, it
shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Tractor Fenderettes - Rear, S/S
44-00-0030
TRACTOR REAR FENDERETTES
Polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed in the rear tractor fender compartment wheel
openings. The fenderette shall be sufficiently wide to completely cover the outside rear tire and reduce
wheel splash along the sides of the tractor and trailer. They shall be installed with ¼” hex head bolts
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
132
(self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable) and have a full width rubber welt placed between the
fenderette and wheel opening flange. A liberal coating of anti-corrosive and rust preventative shall be
applied to the fenderette and wheel opening flange during the assembly process. The outside edge of the
welting shall form a “V” bead between the fenderette and the fender compartment to prevent moisture
from entering. The inside edge shall also have a small raised bead. The outside edge of the fenderette, at
the wheel opening, shall be rolled inward to eliminate a sharp edge and avoid injury when cleaning the
apparatus.
One (1) Tractor Fenders - Rear, Painted
44-00-0060
TRACTOR REAR FENDERS
Rear tractor fenders assemblies shall be fabricated of heavy duty 3CR12 stainless steel. The front and
rear top of the fender shall have large “mitered” corners. The top and forward face of the fender shall
have a 1/8” aluminum treadplate overlay. The outward, side face shall be painted to match job color.
One (1) Tractor Running Boards - 3/16" ATP
44-00-0210
RUNNING BOARDS
A running board shall be installed on the both sides of the tractor. The running boards shall be fabricated
of 3/16" aluminum tread plate and supported by structural steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis
frame. They shall be approximately 7.50" deep and shall be spaced 1/2" away from rear fender and side
apron. The running boards shall serve as steps for access to the turntable platform and shall also act as
rub rails to protect the tractor mounted compartments from damage.
An aluminum tread plate skirt shall be installed over the exhaust on the right side of the tractor. A step
and handrail shall also be installed to ease access to the turntable.
One (1) Steps - (2) Drop-Down, Tractor Running Board
44-00-0700
STEPS
A drop-down add-on Grip Strut® step shall be installed, one each side of the tractor running boards to
meet NFPA stepping height requirements when the outriggers are deployed. The step shall extend
slightly past the running board on each side, with a minimum interior width of 15", and reduce step
height by approximately 9.50 inches.
One (1) Tractor Side Apron - ATP, LS
44-07-LS10
There shall be an aluminum tread plate side apron on the left side of the tractor. Side apron shall be
constructed of .125" aluminum tread plate to provide kick plate behind the running board and shall be
removable to provide for complete access to fuel and hydraulic tanks for service.
One (1) Tractor Side Apron - ATP, RS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
133
44-07-RS10
There shall be an aluminum tread plate side apron on the right side of the tractor. Side apron shall be
constructed of .125" aluminum tread plate to provide kick plate behind the running board and shall be
removable to provide for complete access to fuel and hydraulic tanks for service.
One (1) Tractor Tool Box with (2) Folding Steps (Required with Hydra-Qube Jr Steering)
44-10-0025
TOOL BOX
A tool box with top lift-up door and pull handle shall be transverse mounted on the tractor platform so as
to serve as a step for access to the aerial turntable. It shall be constructed of .125” aluminum tread plate.
The tool box shall measure approximately 14" wide x 12" high x 52" long, unless there is a Harrison
Hydra-Qube Jr present.
If a Hydra-Qube Jr is present, the tool box shall measure approximately 14" wide x 12" high x 32" long
and shall have an access panel on the inboard side next to the Hydra-Qube Jr.
One (1) fold-down step shall also be provided on each side of the rear side of the tractor compartment for
access to the aerial turntable.
One (1) Tractor Tool Box Roof - Orange Perimeter Marking
44-10-003B
ORANGE PERIMETER MARKING
In accordance with NFPA 1900, the perimeter of the roof of the tractor toolbox shall be marked with a
one-inch wide safety orange line to delineate the designated standing or walking surface area.
S One (1) Tractor Handrails - (2), 24", Al, Knurled, Rear Face of Water Tank Enclosure
44-10-1010
HANDRAILS
A 24” shall be installed on each side of the tractor, on the rearward face of water tank enclosure.
Handrails shall be 1-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, with a bright anodized finish.
One (1) Trailer Body Construction - TDA, S/S
44-30-0100
TRAILER BODY CONSTRUCTION
The body and compartments shall be a modular design and construction, made of heavy duty 3CR12
stainless steel. The compartment floors shall be integral with the compartment and shall be constructed
of 2.5 mm 3CR12 stainless steel. Compartments shall be the "sweep out" design with the floor higher
than the door sill. All compartment seams shall be caulked with gray adhesive/sealant. Each
non-transverse compartment or each side of a transverse compartment shall be rated for 500 pounds of
storage.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
134
A bright aluminum tread plate cover shall be installed over the side compartments. Side edges of cover
shall have a 45 degree outward bend to provide drip protection over any compartment doors which are
immediately below. The rear vertical trailer faces shall also be covered with aluminum tread plate. All
tread plate shall be secured with threaded fasteners.
All body components that are covered with aluminum tread plate shall be coated with an anti-corrosive
and rust preventative prior to installation. There shall be a coat of an anti-corrosive and rust preventative
undercoating placed between any steel and aluminum mating surfaces to isolate the dissimilar metals.
NOTE: Some compartment dimensions may be reduced by customer selected, frame mounted chassis
options or small construction details.
One (1) Body Mounting Substructure for TDA Trailer
44-30-0105
TRAILER BODY MOUNTING SUBSTRUCTURE
The trailer body shall be supported by 3" x 2" x 0.50" structural angles that shall be welded to the chassis
frame (4 angles per each segment of the body). These chassis angles shall be bolted through the lower
transverse area of each body compartment into a 3" x 2" x 0.25" angle that is fully transverse and welded
into the body assembly (1 body angle at the front and rear of each transverse area). For the compartment
behind the rear trailer axle, the same method of mounting shall be used when this compartment is fully
transverse. In the instance when this rear compartment is not transverse, the individual compartments
shall be supported by heavy 3" x 6 lb. gusseted channel brackets (2 per compartment) that are bolted to
the chassis frame.
One (1) Trailer Body Roof - Orange Perimeter Marking
44-30-0108
ORANGE PERIMETER MARKING
In accordance with NFPA 1900, the perimeter of all horizontal walking surfaces on the top of the trailer
body shall be marked near the outside edge with a one-inch wide safety orange line to delineate the
designated standing or walking surface area.
S One (1) Trailer Compts - 500#, w/ Tele W-way, All Full Ht, Roll-up Doors
44-32-3W5R
COMPARTMENTATION
The compartmentation shall consist of the following:
(CUSTOM BODY LAYOUT Removed 8" from first compartment, add 4" to the next two
compartment behind as noted below)
Two (2) full height transverse compartments, one on each side of the trailer, just to the rear of the
outriggers. Each compartment interior shall be 33.75” wide x 54.25” high. A roll-up door shall be
provided for each compartment door opening. The upper 28” and the lowest 12 “of each compartment
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
135
shall be open through from side to side, a full 92” inside the doors. The center section of the
compartments, through which the totally enclosed trailer frame passes, shall be 25” deep each side.
Four (4) full height transverse compartments, two on each side of the trailer, behind the above
compartments. Each compartment interior shall be 49.75” wide x 54.25” high. A roll-up door shall be
provided for each compartment door opening. The upper 28” and the lowest 12 “of each compartment
shall be open through from side to side, a full 92” inside the doors. The center section of the
compartments, through which the totally enclosed trailer frame passes, shall be 25” deep each side.
Two (2) full height transverse compartments, one on each side of the trailer, behind the above
compartments. Each compartment interior shall be 45.75” wide x 54.25” high. A roll-up door shall be
provided for each compartment door opening. The upper 30” of the compartments shall be 13.75” deep.
The lower portion shall be 25” deep with the lowest 12” open from side to side.
Two (2) full height transverse compartments, one on each side of the trailer, behind the above
compartments and just forward of the tiller axle. Each compartment interior shall be 45.75” wide and
54.25” high. A roll-up door shall be provided for each compartment door opening. The upper 30” of the
compartments shall be 13.75” deep. The lower portion of the compartments shall be 19” deep on the left
side of the trailer and 25” deep on the right side, except for the lowest 12”. The lowest 12” of the
compartments shall have varying depths; the forward 29.75” shall be open through from side to side,
while the rear 15” of the compartments shall be 20” deep on the left side and 48” deep on the right side
of the trailer.
In the lower transverse section at the centerline of the compartments there shall be a .19" wide drain.
The drain shall be as long as the compartment is wide. The compartments shall be bolted to the trailer
frame with 3” x 2” angle brackets. A minimum of two flex joints shall be provided to allow proper
flexing of the trailer body.
One (1) Ladder Enclosure Side Panels - Fender & Back, S/S, Painted
44-44-2110
SIDE PANELS
Stainless steel side panels painted job color shall be provided on each side of the trailer above the fender
compartment and to the rear, to protect the ground ladders from the elements and provide a more pleasing
appearance.
One (1) Compartment Doors - Roll-up Type - R.O.M. (TDA)
44-46-0200
COMPARTMENT DOORS
R.O.M. / Robinson aluminum shutter roll-up type doors made in the U.S.A. shall be provided for the
above compartments unless otherwise stated. A magnetic door ajar and compartment light system
designed within the door to conceal moving parts and prevent parts exposure in the compartment shall be
provided. Slats shall be double-wall box frame extrusion and must be anodized to eliminate oxidation and
rusting. Exterior surface shall be flat and interior surface to be concave to help loose equipment from
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
136
jamming the door. The latch system shall be a full width, one piece, lift bar, enabling operation with one
hand. Manufacturer's standard door frame design may be altered or modified to accommodate the roll-up
doors.
S One (1) Electric Lock For EMS Compartment
44-41-006X
ELECTRIC LOCK FOR EMS COMPARTMENT
An electric door lock shall be provided for a compartment that will act as the EMS compartment
(RS4). The lock shall be controlled by two switches, One switch shall be in the tiller cab, (R/S
dash), and one below the cab door lock switch in the officer side cab access compartment, labeled
EMS lock. Lock must be wired battery direct. The lock shall be keyed to a 1250 key
S Ten (10) Protective Shield - Roll-up Door, Removable, S/S, Brushed (Ea)
44-46-0710
REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE SHIELD(S)
Ten (10) removable protective shield(s) shall be provided. Each shield shall installed in the upper portion
of the designated compartment to protect the roll-up door when in the open position. The shield shall be
fabricated of 18 gauge brushed stainless steel.
Compartments receiving a protective shield shall be:
-LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5
-RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5
Ten (10) Paint Roll-Up Doors - Job Color, Paint Frame (Ea)
44-46-1015
PAINT ROLL-UP DOOR(S) JOB COLOR
The slats on ten (10) roll-up door(s) shall be painted to match the apparatus body. The door frames shall
be painted. NOTE: Frame paint color may not exactly match body color.
Specific terms and conditions of the warranty are as provided by the door manufacturer.
S Ten (10) Keyed Locks - ROM Roll-up Compartment Doors (#1250 Keys) (Ea)
44-46-1030
LOCKING COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
Ten (10) roll-up door(s) shall be equipped with a model 1250 cam style lock. The locking mechanism
shall consist of 2 locking rods that shall slide into pre-drilled holes in each of the door tracks. All locks
shall be keyed alike (to use the same #1250 key). Two (2) keys shall be provided per lock.
Compartments receiving a lock shall be:
-LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
137
-RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5
Ten (10) Finish - Trailer Compartment Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint (Ea Compt)
91-01-0830
FINISH – TRAILER COMPARTMENT INTERIOR(S)
Ten (10) trailer compartment interior(s) shall be finished with gray Zolatone type paint following the
Zolatone Coat application process.
S One (1) Vents - Trailer Compartments (TDA)
44-36-2005
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1900, current edition.
Qty. six (6) non-vented body panels that will be painted gray Zolatone and Shipped Loose.
One (1) Trailer Inner Liners - Rear, Aluminum
44-41-0015
TRAILER REAR ALUMINUM INNER LINERS
Full semi-circular inner liners shall be provided in each wheel housing. They shall be constructed of
aluminum and shall be bolted in place so they may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal
screws are not acceptable. The bottom edge of liner shall be reinforced along its full length, however, it
shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Trailer Fenderettes - Rear, S/S
44-41-0030
TRAILER REAR FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed on the rear wheel openings. The fenders shall be
wide enough to completely cover the outside rear tire and reduce wheel splash up the sides of the body.
They shall be installed with 1/4" hex head bolts, self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. A
full width rubber welt shall be placed between the fenderette and body wheel well opening flange. The
outside edge of the welting shall form a "V" bead between the fender and the body side face to prevent
moisture from entering. The inside edge shall also have a small raised bead. The outside edge of
fenderette, at the wheel opening, shall be rolled inward to eliminate any sharp edges and avoid injury
when cleaning the apparatus.
One (1) Trailer Fenders - Rear, S/S, Painted without Overlay
44-41-0060
TRAILER REAR FENDERS
Streamlined rear trailer fenders shall be provided. They shall be fabricated of 2.5mm 3CR12 stainless
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
138
steel and painted to match job color.
S One (1) Trailer Compartments - 54", Low, behind Axle, Hinged
44-41-016D
TRAILER COMPARTMENTS - BEHIND TILLER AXLE
One (1) transverse style compartment shall be provided immediately behind the tiller axle, 54" wide x
24.5" high. Due to requested rear stokes compartment, these compartments are not transverse
below the frame. The compartment openings shall each include vertically hinged double doors with
stainless steel double spring door stays.
One (1) Compartment Doors - Hinged, S/S (TDA)
44-46-0300
COMPARTMENT DOORS
The compartment doors, unless otherwise specified, are to be lap type, double panel construction, with
.079" outer and .059" inner 3CR12 stainless steel panels. Outer pan edges that form the lap portion of the
door shall be "hemmed" (bent over and back 180 degrees) over the inner pan edges. Inside corners, at the
hem joint area, shall be welded and ground smooth. A minimum of one (1) "Z" shaped and formed
support rail [two (2) if door is wider than 14"] shall be placed between the panels to stiffen and reinforce
the door. Stiffener shall be welded to the inside pan and fastened to the outside pan with 3M two sided
industrial strength tape. The door material shall be the same type as used in the body construction.
The doors shall be weather stripped with an automotive bulb type extruded rubber inner seal. A second
outer seal of closed cell rubber shall be placed on the lap edge of the door to prevent damage to the paint
finish. Outer seal shall have corrugated surface to prevent sticking.
The doors shall be mounted on stainless steel piano hinges with a pin diameter of .25". Mounting holes
shall be slotted vertically on one side of the hinge and horizontally on the other side to provide for proper
adjustment of the door. The hinge pins shall have spun ends (crowns) at both ends to hold them in place
and provide a finished look. Doors shall be bolted to door framing with 1/4", stainless steel, Phillips oven
head bolts. Doors mounted with self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. Eberhard 206 latches
with stainless steel "D" ring handles shall be provided. Isolation tape shall be furnished between the door
hinge and door jamb. A rubber gasket shall be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door. “D”
ring door handles shall be installed on the forward door of vertically hinged double door compartments.
Single door compartments shall be hinged to the front and have the handle installed in the upper rearward
corner of the single door. Full height compartment doors shall have the “D” ring handle centered on the
specified door. Low height compartment doors shall be installed in the upper corner as specified. When
a keyed lock is installed on the low height compartment, the handle is located in the center, not the upper
corner. Lift up compartment doors shall have the handle installed centered at the bottom of the door.
S Two (2) Keyed Locks - Hinged Compartment Doors (#1250 Keys) (Ea)
44-46-1040
KEYED COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
139
The stainless steel D-ring handles shall be provided with key type locks on two (2) compartment doors as
specified by the customer. All locks shall be keyed alike (use the same #1250 key). One (1) key shall be
provided per lock.
Compartments receiving a lock shall be:
-LS6
-RS6
Two (2) Pull Chain Latch - for Free Door of Double Door Compartment (STD)
44-46-1050
PULL CHAIN DOOR LATCH
The free door of each double door compartment shall be provided with a spring loaded, slam type, latch
located on the inside of the outer top and bottom corners of the door. They shall be connected to each
other with a pull chain. Chain shall have a clear plastic tube cover to protect interior painted door
surface.
Two (2) Finish - Trailer Compartment Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint (Ea Compt)
91-01-0830
FINISH – TRAILER COMPARTMENT INTERIOR(S)
Two (2) trailer compartment interior(s) shall be finished with gray Zolatone type paint following the
Zolatone Coat application process.
One (1) TDA Trailer Electrical Distribution Box
44-41-0200
TRAILER ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION BOX
A stainless steel electrical power distribution box shall be installed at the rear of the trailer body,
outboard of the frame rail, on the driver's side, aft of the rearmost compartment. The front panel shall be
mechanically screwed on for easy access. The box shall be sealed, weather resistant and painted to
match the body color.
One (1) Deck over Ground Ladders - .1875" ATP
44-44-2310
ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DECKING
A .1875" thick aluminum tread plate deck shall be provided over the ground ladder arches to protect the
ladders and provide a walking surface along each side of the aerial ladder when it is in the bedded
position.
One (1) Door - for Rear Frame Rail Area (RR1), Smooth Aluminum for Chevron
44-45-RR15
REAR DOOR
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
140
There shall be a drop down door with D-ring handle, covering the opening of the rear frame rail area.
The door shall be constructed of smooth aluminum in preparation for the installation of reflective
chevron striping.
S One (1) Rear Frame Rail Area (RR1) - Compartment for Equipment or Ladder
44-45-RR1S
FRAME COMPARTMENT
There shall be an enclosed, weather-tight compartment installed at the rear of the trailer just below the
ground ladder compartment, between the frame rails. The maximum size of the compartment is 28" wide
x 10" high x 77" long.
Shall be as large as possible.
One (1) Finish - Trailer Compartment Interior, Mill Finish (Ea Compt)
91-01-0810
FINISH – TRAILER COMPARTMENT INTERIOR(S)
One (1) trailer compartment interior(s) shall have no finish applied.
S One (1) Stokes Compartment
44-45-RRPW
STOKES COMPARTMENT
A slide-in compartment shall be provided on the rear step behind the RR2 door, for storage of a
stokes basket. The compartment shall be as wide as the frame rails, until it is notched around the
electrical distribution box on the side of the frame rail (driver side). End width approximately 35"
wide, opening, of 32.88", where it narrows shall be approximately 29" wide internal. Depth to be
87" usable. Due to the shortened rear step, it may extend past the rear step, to meet the depth
requirement. Door switch to be to the driver side of the apparatus. Door to be smooth aluminum
for Chevron, ATP sides are to be, where exposed.
One (1) Tiller Access Ladder - Officer's Side
44-45-T010
ACCESS LADDER
One access ladder shall be provided on the officer's side of the tiller cab. The ladder shall be constructed
of two (2) aluminum side rails with aluminum Grip Strut® steps. Ladder to be sloped inward a minimum
of 6 degrees for easier access to the tiller cab. Ladder to be bolted to the body for easy replacement if
damaged.
S One (1) Tiller Access Ladder Handrails - Aluminum, Knurled (Ea)
44-45-T800
HANDRAILS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
141
A set of handrails shall be provided for one (1) access ladder(s) to the tiller cab. A set of handrails
shall consist of a two 27” straight handrails.
The handrails shall be 1-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, with a bright anodized finish.
One (1) Rear Step - Rear TDA, .1875" ATP
44-45-U010
REAR ACCESS LADDER SUPPORT STEP
A cross step shall be provided on the back of the trailer body, recessed under the ladder banking. The
step shall be constructed of .1875" thick aluminum tread plate and supported by a channel assembly that
is bolted to the trailer chassis frame. The step shall be 30" deep x 96" wide and shall be spaced 0.50" off
the back of the body to allow proper drainage. The tiller access ladder(s) shall be supported by this step
and the step may serve as one of the steps of the access ladder(s). The lower DOT required marker lights
and reflectors shall also be installed on this step.
One (1) Reverse Flanges for Rear Step
59-07-6100
REVERSE FLANGES FOR REAR STEP
The rear step shall be constructed with reverse flanges (down and in) to provide increased strength.
One (1) Trailer Door Hinges - Polished Finish, Roll-up Door Body with Some Hinged Doors
44-46-3030
TRAILER DOOR HINGES
All piano hinges on the trailer doors shall be polished.
One (1) Tiller Cab - 100 Ft. Trailer, S/S
44-50-0100
TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted, fully enclosed tiller cab shall be provided, mounted to the rear of the trailer
behind the aerial ladder. The tiller cab shall be 70.50" from the rear axle center line to the front skin of
the tiller cab. The cab shall have a tubular stainless steel framework with stainless steel skin. The tiller
cab shall have a minimum width of 36” and a minimum height of 54”. The vehicle overall height at the
tiller cab shall be 135”. The floor of the cab shall be aluminum tread plate with a forward area angled up
to provide foot support for the tillerman.
The windshield shall consist of a flat piece of tinted automotive laminated safety glass, 31” wide by 24”
high. The windshield shall be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding with a chrome
plated, decorative, locking bead. Non-opening, windows shall be provided on each side of the cab,
forward of the doors, to increase the tillerman's field of vision. The tiller cab shall be finish painted
prior to windshield glass being installed.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
142
The rear cab window shall be a minimum of 29” wide by 19” high and shall be a tinted, tempered, double
slide type window.
Two (2) sliding doors with side windows shall be provided, one each side of the tiller cab. The doors
shall be mounted on slides, top and bottom, and shall slide open towards the rear of the apparatus. The
sliding doors shall be lockable in either the open or closed position. When locked in the open position, a
minimum door opening width of 21.5” shall be provided for easy entrance into the cab.
The tiller cab shall comply with SAE J2422, Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy
Trucks.
One (1) Tiller Cab Door Support Rollers (4)
44-50-01DT
TILLER CAB DOOR SUPPORT ROLLERS
Dual roller assemblies under and alongside of the tiller cab sliding door shall be installed, two (2) on the
rear of tiller cab, two (2) at the rear of the trailer deck, to support the two tiller doors when open.
One (1) Open Door Momentary Override Alarm Switch
44-50-01SA
OPEN DOOR MOMEMTARY OVERRIDE ALARM SWITCH
There shall be a switch installed in each tiller door that shall be integrated with the door ajar/hazard
warning system. The “Do Not Move Apparatus” light in the cab shall activate when a tiller cab door is
open. A momentary disable black rocker switch shall be provided for the driver, that is monitored by the
Info Center. The momentary switch shall disable the "Tiller Cab open door” alarm, which shall reset with
park brake activation.. Activation of the disable switch shall be recorded in the data logger.
One (1) Tiller Roof - Painted Job Color
44-50-0300
TILLER CAB ROOF
The roof of the tiller cab shall be painted the job color.
One (1) Tiller Door Windows - Sliding Glass
44-50-5010
TILLER DOOR WINDOWS
Sliding glass windows shall be provided in the tiller cab doors. The glass shall slide front to back.
One (1) Tiller Side Vent - Lower Front Corners
44-50-5200
VENTS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
143
An open/close vent shall be installed on each side of the tiller cab in the lower front corner panels.
One (1) No Rear Tiller Vent Required
44-50-5202
No rear tiller vent shall be required.
One (1) Tiller Cab Windshield Wiper
44-50-5900
WINDSHIELD WIPER
One windshield wiper shall be installed above the front windshield. It shall be a two speed electric with
automatic park position and intermittent wiping feature. The wiper shall be controlled by a knob type
switch that combines the off/intermittent/low/high selection and washer functions in one control.
Turning the switch shall activate the wipers and control the speed. Pushing the switch shall operate the
washer nozzle, which shall be installed below the front windshield.
A two (2) quart windshield washer reservoir shall be located in the kick plate of the tiller cab and shall be
accessed from the inside of the cab.
One (1) Tiller Mirrors - (2) Velvac 708192-5, Flat, Front Mount
44-50-7000
TILLER MIRROR
A Velvac #708192-5, 6.5" x 10" flat glass mirror shall be installed on each side of the tiller cab.
One (1) Tiller Mirrors - (2) Velvac Convex, On Trailer Deck, IATS
44-50-7300
TILLER MIRRORS ON DECK
Two Velvac 6.5” x 6” convex mirrors, with a stainless steel finish, shall be installed on the deck just
forward of the tiller cab, one on each side of the cab.
One (1) Tiller Driving Lights - (2) TecNiq P06, LED, Switch on Dash
44-50-7900
TILLER DRIVING LIGHTS
Tiller driving lights shall be provided, one (1) each side mounted ahead of tiller wheels below the
compartments. Lights shall be TecNiq P06 LED. Lights to be controlled by black rocker switch located
on the tiller cab dash.
One (1) Tiller Cab Handrails - (2), 45", Aluminum, Knurled, Vertical, Forward of Door
44-50-8000
TILLER CAB HANDRAIL
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
144
A 45" knurled aluminum handrail shall be vertically mounted in front of the tiller cab access door on
each side of the tiller cab.
One (1) Tiller Cab Handrails - (2), 18" Aluminum, Knurled, Horiz, Above Doors, IATS
44-50-8090
TILLER CAB HANDRAILS
An 18" knurled aluminum handrail shall be horizontally mounted above the tiller cab access door on each
side of the tiller cab. Backing plates shall be used in the mounting to add strength to the installation.
One (1) Tiller Cab Interior Decor - Gray
44-55-000A
TILLER CAB INTERIOR DECOR
The following tiller cab components shall be gray in color:
Headliner
The following tiller cab components shall always be black in color:
Seat risers
Headliner trim
Electrical panelsHeater componentsSeat belt retractor covers
Molded grab rail(s), if present
Plastic snap plugs for wire access holes
One (1) Tiller Cab Ceiling - Painted without Headliner
44-55-000P
TILLER CAB CEILING PAINTED
The ceiling of the tiller cab shall be painted the same color as the walls.
One (1) Tiller Cab Dome Light - (1) Whelen 60CREGCS, Red/Clear, LED
44-55-0110
INTERIOR CAB DOME LIGHT
One (1) Whelen model 60CREGCS red/clear Super-LED® lights with push button shall be mounted in
the cab ceiling. The light shall be controlled with a switch by the lens.
One (1) Tiller Cab Sun Visor - (1) Lexan, Smoked Transparent
44-55-0310
SUN VISOR
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
145
One (1) approximately 8" x 28" dark smoke colored transparent polycarbonate Lexan sun visor shall be
provided for the front windshield of the tiller cab. The visor shall be supported at both ends to prevent
drooping.
One (1) Tiller Steering Wheel - Tilt, Telescoping
44-55-0500
TILLER STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
The upper steering column shall tilt and telescope. The steering wheel shall be 18” in diameter.
Locking plates and tethered pins shall be provided, to lock the tiller steering.
One (1) Tiller Cab Dash & Instruments
44-55-1000
TILLER CAB DASH AND INSTRUMENTS
The tiller cab dash shall be horizontal, constructed of 3CR12 stainless steel and painted to match the
tiller cab interior. A non-glare switch panel, custom designed to accommodate the appropriate functions,
shall be provided. Rocker style switches with integral indicator lights shall be provided to advise that the
switch has been energized. The panel shall be back lit with a dimmer switch for night operations.
The following instrumentation shall be provided on the dash:
Green turn signal indicator lights.
A two-way signal buzzer system from the tiller cab to the tractor cab, with the buzzer button mounted
in the center of the steering wheel, interlocked for engine starting.
An audible and visual warning system to warn both the front cab and tiller driver when the maximum
allowable jackknife position approaches.
A tractor position OK green light.
One (1) Mechanics Switch - TDA
44-55-1005
MECHANICS SWITCH
There shall be a mechanics maintenance switch that shall allow the engine to be started by a mechanic
without anyone in the tiller cab. The switch shall be located on the firewall area of the tractor cab,
forward of the driver's foot pedals.
One (1) Cover Plate Provided, No USB or 12V Power Point Required
44-55-1044
COVER PLATE FOR 12V/USB HOLE
A cover plate shall be provided to cover the hole in the tiller dash to the left of the tiller steering column
on top of the dash for the 12V/USB connections that have not been selected. The cover plate shall be
painted to match the tiller cab dash.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
146
One (1) Tiller Cab Heater/AC - 120 V Electric
44-55-3025
TILLER CAB HEATER/AC
A 120 volt electric heater/air conditioner shall be provided in the tiller cab under the fixed seat with
ducting under the seat, and an easily replaceable filter on the front of the unit. The unit shall have 8,500
BTU/HR heating, 340 CFM air flow and 12,000 BTU/HR cooling. Control shall be a Low Medium High
fan speed, with a Heat/Off/AC control, installed on the dash to the right of the steering wheel.
Installed on the exterior of the rear wall of the tiller cab shall be the air condition condenser unit, with a
smooth aluminum cover, painted to match the tiller cab. The condenser shall extend approximately 4.5"
past the rear wall of the tiller cab.
A generator will be required to operate this unit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Generator Remote Start/Stop - Tiller Cab Dash
70-02-0350
TILLER CAB GENERATOR START/STOP SWITCH AND LIGHT
A remote start/stop black rocker switch and amber running light for the generator shall be provided on
the tiller cab dash.
One (1) Tiller Cab Defroster Fan - Left Side
44-55-3200
TILLER CAB DEFROSTER FAN
One (1) adjustable 6" defroster fan shall be provided for the left side of the tiller cab windshield. The fan
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
147
shall have a two (2) speed control on the mounting pedestal.
One (1) Tiller Seat - H.O. Bostrom, Sierra Fixed Low Back
44-55-520L
TILLERMAN'S SEAT
The tillerman's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra FX series non-reclining low back seat. This seat
shall have 5" of fore and aft adjustment.
One (1) Primary Designated Seat Position
21-05-0002
This seat shall be designated as a primary position.
One (1) Tiller Seat Belt - 3 Point, Fixed
44-55-600B
TILLER SEAT BELT
The tiller seat shall have a 3-point fixed D Loop style shoulder harness, to meet FMVSS and NFPA 1900
current edition requirements. The seat belt shall be red in color.
One (1) Tiller Seat & Window Guard
44-55-8000
TILLER SEAT & WINDOW GUARD
A metal bar shall be installed across the rear window which shall protect the seat and the window when
the seat is moved fully rearward.
One (1) Cup Holder - Tiller Cab, Dark Gray LINE-X® Finish
44-56-0020
CUP HOLDER
One (1) cup holder with a dark gray LINE-X® coating shall be provided.
One (1) Cup Holder Location - Tiller Cab Floor, RS of Seat
44-56-0040
The cup holder shall be installed on the tiller cab floor on the right side of the seat.
One (1) Fender Storage - Tractor Drawn Aerial
59-05-2105
FENDER STORAGE
Storage compartments in the fender area of the apparatus trailer shall be comprised of the following:
One (1) Fender Storage - Driver's Side Front
59-05-2110
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
148
On the driver's side of the apparatus, forward of the rear tiller axle there shall be:
One (1) Extinguisher Compartment - Single
59-05-2730
One (1) enclosure to accommodate one (1) fire extinguisher (not included), fabricated of high impact
polyethylene material, with approximately 26.0" usable depth, and an 8.0" inside diameter. A detainment
strap shall be installed.
One (1) Fender Storage - Driver's Side Rear
59-05-2140
On the driver's side of the apparatus, rearward of the rear tiller axle there shall be:
One (1) Extinguisher Compartment - Single
59-05-2730
One (1) enclosure to accommodate one (1) fire extinguisher (not included), fabricated of high impact
polyethylene material, with approximately 26.0" usable depth, and an 8.0" inside diameter. A detainment
strap shall be installed.
One (1) Fender Storage - Officer's Side Front
59-05-2150
On the officer's side of the apparatus, forward of the rear tiller axle there shall be:
One (1) Extinguisher Compartment - Single
59-05-2730
One (1) enclosure to accommodate one (1) fire extinguisher (not included), fabricated of high impact
polyethylene material, with approximately 26.0" usable depth, and an 8.0" inside diameter. A detainment
strap shall be installed.
One (1) Fender Storage - Officer's Side Rear
59-05-2180
On the officer's side of the apparatus, rear of the rearward tiller axle there shall be:
One (1) Extinguisher Compartment - Single
59-05-2730
One (1) enclosure to accommodate one (1) fire extinguisher (not included), fabricated of high impact
polyethylene material, with approximately 26.0" usable depth, and an 8.0" inside diameter. A detainment
strap shall be installed.
Four (4) Fender Storage Door - Brushed with Push Button Lever Latch (Ea)
59-05-2810
Four (4) fender storage door(s) shall be constructed of 12 gauge brushed stainless steel secured by a full
length stainless steel hinge and a push button lever latch.
Fourteen (14)
59-15-0500 Adjustable Shelves - Open Corner, 3/16" Smooth Aluminum (Ea)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
149
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Fourteen (14) adjustable shelf or shelves (with open corners) made from 3/16" smooth aluminum sheet
metal shall be provided in the body compartment(s). The shelf lip shall be 1.75" high. Each shelf shall be
supported by four (4) stainless steel angles bolted to Aluma-Strut tracks.
When in a split depth compartment, the Aluma-Strut tracks shall only be provided in the upper or lower
area where the shelve(s) are located.
S Fourteen (14)
59-19-5095 Compartment Option Location - As Specified
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS2 and RS2 (1 each Frame Depth)
-LS3 and RS3 (1 each Frame Depth)
-LS4 (2, one shallow, one frame depth) and RS4 (2, one shallow, one frame depth)
-LS5 (2, one shallow, one frame depth) and RS5 (2, one shallow, one frame depth)
-LS6 and RS6 (1 each Frame Depth)
Fourteen (14)
91-01-5300 Finish - Adjustable Shelf, DA outside Edge (Ea)
FINISH - ADJUSTABLE SHELF (OR SHELVES)
Fourteen (14) adjustable shelf (or shelves) shall have a DA finish on the outside edge of the shelf.
Two (2) Aluma-Strut Only in Compartment for Future Shelf (Ea)
59-15-0600
ALUMA-STRUT
Two (2) set(s) of Aluma-Strut shelving supports shall be provided for future installation of a shelf or
shelves. Two (2) tracks shall be installed full height on each side wall of the compartment(s).
S Two (2) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS1 and RS1
Two (2) Adjustable Roll Out Tray - Half Depth, in Compartment (Ea)
59-17-1505
ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Two (2) half depth rollout tray assembly(s) shall be provided in the body compartment(s). The tray shall
be vertically adjustable on Aluma-Strut attached to the side walls of the compartment.
Two (2) Tray Construction - Aluminum, Half Depth (Ea)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
150
59-18-225H
Two (2) tray(s) shall be constructed of 0.188" aluminum and shall have edges on all four sides for added
strength. The corners shall be open. The tray lip shall be 1.75" high.
Two (2) Finish - Roll Out Tray, DA Outside Edge (Ea)
91-01-6300
FINISH - ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Two (2) roll out tray(s) shall have a DA finish applied to the outside edge of the tray.
Two (2) SlideMaster #AM2, 70% Aluminum, 500#, Half Depth (Ea)
59-18-2350
Two (2) SlideMaster model AM2 aluminum half depth slide mechanisms shall be installed allowing the
tray to extend 70% of the slide length. The tray/compartment shall be able to support a 500 pound load.
Two (2) SlideMaster Rotating Lock
59-18-2400
The SlideMaster slide mechanism shall be secured with a SlideMaster Rotating Lock.
S Two (2) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS3 and RS3 above frame.
Ten (10) Floor Mount Roll Out Tray - Half Depth, in Compartment Ea)
59-17-1775
ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Ten (10) half depth roll out tray assembly(s) shall be provided in the body compartment(s). The tray
assembly shall be bolted to the compartment floor.
Ten (10) Tray Construction - Aluminum, Half Depth (Ea)
59-18-225H
Ten (10) tray(s) shall be constructed of 0.188" aluminum and shall have edges on all four sides for added
strength. The corners shall be open. The tray lip shall be 1.75" high.
Ten (10) Finish - Roll Out Tray, DA Outside Edge (Ea)
91-01-6300
FINISH - ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Ten (10) roll out tray(s) shall have a DA finish applied to the outside edge of the tray.
Ten (10) SlideMaster #AM2, 70% Aluminum, 500#, Floor Mounted, Half Depth (Ea)
59-18-235F
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
151
Ten (10) SlideMaster model AM2 aluminum half depth slide mechanisms shall be bolted to the
compartment floor. It shall allow the tray to extend 70% of the slide length. The tray/compartment shall
be able to support a 500 pound load.
Ten (10) SlideMaster Rotating Lock
59-18-2400
The SlideMaster slide mechanism shall be secured with a SlideMaster Rotating Lock.
S Ten (10) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS1 and RS1
-LS2 and RS2
-LS3 and RS3
-LS4 and RS4
-LS5 and RS5
Two (2) Transverse Roll Out Tray - in Compartment (Ea)
59-18-1955
ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Two (2) transverse rollout tray assembly(s) shall be provided in the body compartment(s).
Two (2) Tray Construction - Aluminum, Transverse (Ea)
59-18-225T
Two (2) tray(s) shall be constructed of 0.188" aluminum and shall have edges on all four sides for added
strength. The corners shall be open. The tray lip shall be 1.75" high.
Two (2) Finish - Roll Out Tray, DA Outside Edge (Ea)
91-01-6300
FINISH - ROLL OUT TRAY(S)
Two (2) roll out tray(s) shall have a DA finish applied to the outside edge of the tray.
Two (2) SlideMaster #M2D, 70% Aluminum, 1000#, Transverse (Ea)
59-18-2380
Two (2) SlideMaster model M2D aluminum transverse slide mechanisms shall be installed allowing the
tray to extend 70% of the slide length to either side of the vehicle. The tray/compartment shall be able to
support a 1000 pound load, evenly distributed.
Two (2) SlideMaster Rotating Lock
59-18-2400
The SlideMaster slide mechanism shall be secured with a SlideMaster Rotating Lock.
Two (2) Transverse Tray Location in Compartment - Mounted on Top of Frame
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
152
59-19-5085
The transverse tray/SlideMaster assembly shall be mounted to the top of the frame.
S Two (2) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS2/RS2 Frame Rail mounted (2) side by side, each approximately 20+" wide. (maximum width)
S Two (2) Vertical Assembly for Rollout Tray
59-18-39PW
VERTICAL ASSEMBLY ROLLOUT TRAY
On the transverse rollout Tray assembly(ies), Two (2) full height, full length vertical assembly(s)
shall be provided, Manufactured from Aluminum, DA Finish, Vertical toolboard shall be capable
of being mounted on the tray, with bolt on end supports.
The entire assembly shall be bolt on and be located at the final inspection.
Twelve (12) Sill Protector - Body Compartment Door, Brushed S/S per Compartment (Ea)
59-20-0300
COMPARTMENT DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Twelve (12) brushed stainless steel sill protector(s), approximately .50" wide, shall be provided on the
body compartment door sill(s) to protect the painted finish.
S Twelve (12) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS1, LS2, LS3, LS3, LS5, LS6,
-RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6.
Four (4) Door Liner - Inside Compt Door, S/S, Brushed, (Ea)
59-20-0550
COMPARTMENT DOOR LINERS
Brushed stainless steel liners shall be provided on the inside four (4) body compartment door(s) to
protect the painted finish.
S Four (4) Compartment Option Location - As Specified
59-19-5095
The location of the compartment option(s) shall be as follows:
-LS6 and RS6
Twelve (12) Rub Rail, Body Sides - Bright Aluminum Polished C-Channel
59-20-4010
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
153
RUB RAIL – BODY SIDES
Bright aluminum polished C-channel rub rails shall be provided along the lower portion of the body,
beneath the compartment doors, on each side to prevent damage to the body and finish. The C-channel
shall be mounted so the flat side of the channel is against the body and the legs of the channel protrude
outward. The rub rails shall be a minimum of 2.25" wide x 1.25" deep, and shall be mounted on rubber
supports. The rub rails shall have a 1.25" x 1.25" chamfer at the front and rear of the rail. The rails shall
protrude a minimum of 1.75" from the face of the body.
S One (1) Hose Storage and Access Doors
59-99-9999
HOSE STORAGE AND ACCESS DOORS
In the left (driver) side of the ladder banking shall be an aluminum mill finish trough that is
approximately 6" high on the outboard side, and full height of the ladder banking on the inboard
side. Trough shall be vented to the bottom, for proper drainage. Trough shall be approximately
150" long, from the rear access doors, to forward of the tiller axle. Capacity shall be a minimum of
400' of 4" hose. Shall be a double lay set up.
Access to the hosebed area, shall be through three (3) lift up doors smooth painted job color doors,
on the left (driver) side of the ladder banking. Doors shall have D-Handles with gas props keeping
them above 90 degrees, to aid in loading of hose. Doors shall be between the ladder stakes on the
side of the trailer.
Doors shall be provided with brushed stainless interior liners.
One (1) Aerial Ladder Design and Performance (100/500 TDA)
60-00-1400
AERIAL LADDER DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE
A 100 foot, 500 lb. tip load telescoping steel aerial ladder shall be mounted on the apparatus. The ladder
structure shall be of an open truss design and shall meet or exceed the requirements of all applicable
sections of the current edition of NFPA 1900. The aerial ladder and turntable design shall provide
continuous egress for civilians and firefighters through any angle of elevation to the ground as defined by
NFPA 1900.
The ladder shall be designed with a structural safety factor of two-to-one (2:1) based on the dead and live
loads and shall meet ANSI A92.2 Standard for Vehicle Mounted Aerial Devices and NFPA 1900 which
requires a static stability safety factor of one and one half to one (1.5:1) based on the rated load. These
capabilities shall be established in the unsupported configuration. The design and stability of the aerial
shall not require fifth wheel lock up or tractor-in-line alignment when operating.
The aerial device and all supporting structure shall be third party tested to confirm that the aerial meets
the original design criteria and the intent of the latest recommended NFPA standard for aerial devices.
Such testing shall include the use of brittle lacquer stress coating to identify all stress concentrations,
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
154
followed by strain gauging to verify that all nominal stresses and stress concentrations have a safety
factor that is equal to or greater than 2:1 based on the dead and live load.
The aerial ladder shall be comprised of four (4) sections and extend to a nominal working height of 100
feet above the ground as measured by NFPA 1900 recommendations. The aerial ladder shall have a rated
horizontal reach of 91 feet measured in the horizontal plane at zero (0) degrees from the centerline of the
turntable rotation, as defined by NFPA 1900. The aerial ladder shall be capable of continuous operation
through 360 degrees of rotation and from minus five (-5) degrees to plus eighty (+80) degrees elevation.
One (1) Aerial Ladder Certified Rated Capacity (500#)
60-00-2200
AERIAL LADDER CERTIFIED RATED CAPACITY
The rated capacity of the aerial ladder, with the ladder below 45 degrees elevation, shall be based on a
500 pound tip load or a 250 pound tip load while flowing a maximum of 1000 GPM of water. With the
ladder above 45 degrees, the capacity shall be a 500 pound tip load while flowing a maximum of 1000
GPM of water in accordance with NFPA 1900, current edition. There shall be no nozzle orientation
restrictions while flowing 1000 GPM of water.
All aerial ladder certifications shall be based on the ladder being properly deployed in an unsupported
configuration. The capacities shall be based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension, and from -5
degrees to + 80 degrees.
One (1) Operation on Grades (Rated Capacity @ 5 Degrees Off Level)
60-00-4000
OPERATION ON GRADES
The aerial is capable of being operated at full rated capacity in every position in which the aerial device
can be placed when the apparatus is on a slope of 5 degrees (8.7%) in accordance with NFPA 1900.
One (1) Outriggers - Angled Out & Down (500# TDA)
60-10-0AOD
OUTRIGGERS
One (1) set of double box beam type out-and-down outriggers shall be provided with a forward angle
design. Each horizontal cylinder extends to provide a maximum of 16 foot stance across the outriggers.
All cylinders shall be equipped with integral (on the cylinder) holding valves which shall hold it either in
the stowed position or the working position should a pressurized hydraulic line be severed at any point
within the system.
The extension of the horizontal beams shall be accomplished by a horizontal jack cylinder. All the
horizontal jack cylinders shall be totally enclosed within the extension beam housings. The horizontal
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
155
jack cylinder shall be equipped with a trombone type tube to supply hydraulic oil to the vertical jack
cylinders to eliminate wear and potential failure of hydraulic hoses.
The extension of the vertical housing shall be accomplished by a vertical jack cylinder. All the vertical
jack cylinders shall be totally enclosed within the outer and telescoping inner jack tubes to protect them
against damage that may occur while on the fire ground. Outriggers that are not fully enclosed for
protection shall not be acceptable. Each vertical jack tube structure shall be equipped with a mechanical
pin lock.
One (1) Outrigger Controls - for Out & Down, 2 Controls on each Side (TDAs)
60-10-1O22
OUTRIGGER CONTROLS
An electric outrigger control for each outrigger shall be provided on both sides of the trailer frame near
the outriggers. The controls shall be in an enclosed compartment with a drop-down door having a trigger
latch. The outrigger controls on the officer's side shall be on a fixed panel. The controls on the driver's
side shall be on a hinged panel which opens up for access to the manual override. Out-and-down
outrigger functions shall be operated by a single control (joystick). A short jack switch shall be provided
so that the vehicle may be set up in restricted areas or on uneven terrain. An automatic high idle switch
and indicator shall be provided so that automatic engine RPM ramp up from hydraulic requests can be
disabled.
An electric safety diverter valve shall also be provided in conjunction with the outrigger controls. The
diverter valve shall allow the hydraulic fluid to flow either to the outrigger hydraulic circuit or the
turntable and aerial circuit but not simultaneously. The valve shall be located on the driver's side of the
trailer.
Two (2) bubble type levels shall be furnished to aid in leveling the unit side to side and fore to aft. Each
outrigger shall have an indicator light that illuminates when proper ground jack placement has been
achieved.
One (1) Outrigger Control Compts Lights - (2) TecNiq EON LED, 1 Each
60-10-1S60
OUTRIGGER CONTROLS COMPARTMENTS LIGHTING
The outrigger controls compartments shall each be lit by one (1) TecNiq EON LED light engaged by the
aerial PTO switch in the cab.
One (1) Outrigger Alarm
60-10-2010
OUTRIGGER ALARM
An automatic electronic warning device (horn) shall be provided to warn personnel when the outriggers
leave their nested position. Alarm shall operate only when outriggers are moving.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
156
One (1) Outrigger Lighting - Whelen 60R02FCR, LED for (2) Out/Down Outriggers
60-10-3L15
OUTRIGGER LIGHTING - LED
Two (2) Whelen 60R02FCR Super-LED® red flashing lights with clear lens and with flanges shall be
mounted, one (1) on each outer vertical surface of the aluminum tread plate outrigger jack housing cover.
Two (2) TecNiq T41 LED ground jack area illumination lights shall be furnished to light up the area
around the stabilizers. One of these lights shall be mounted in each of the outrigger stowage housings.
One (1) double faced LED red flashing light shall be placed on the back side of each of the vertical jack
boxes. These lights shall face fore and aft. The combination of both of these lights, at each stabilizer
position, shall meet NFPA requirements.
All flashing and illumination lights shall be automatically activated if any outrigger leaves its nested
position and shall not be switched off until all ground jacks are once again in their stowed position.
Two (2) Outrigger Whelen Light Flanges - Chrome Plated
60-10-3L80
The flanges on the Whelen lights shall be chrome plated.
One (1) Outrigger Warning Lights Programmed As Side Warning Also, Requires INTELEX™ PLUS
60-10-3L95
OUTRIGGER WARNING LIGHTS PROGRAMMED AS SIDE WARNING ALSO
The outrigger warning lights shall be programmed to turn on whenever the side warning switch is on and
the emergency master switch is on. They shall also turn on any time the outriggers are not nested or if
the Aerial Master is on.
One (1) Ladder Cradle Interlocks
60-10-7010
LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system shall be provided which automatically prevents the operator from lifting
the aerial device from the cradle unless all outriggers are fully extended and placed in a load supporting
configuration. An additional interlock shall be provided that prevents outrigger operation when the aerial
device is not fully stowed in the cradle.
One (1) Short-Jack Operations - Out/Down Outriggers
60-10-7110
SHORT-JACK OPERATIONS
The aerial device shall be capable of operating in a “short-jacked” stance. The aerial device shall require
only one operator to lift the ladder from the cradle, as long as the outriggers are in a load supporting
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
157
configuration. Once the ladder is lifted from the cradle, the aerial device shall be fully operational by a
single operator to the side of the apparatus with fully deployed outriggers, and shall be denied operation
to the short set side. In the event both sides are short set, the operator will automatically be denied
operation to both sides. Two methods of overriding the interlock are available: an electric switch, or
mechanically moving the solenoid. Both are available to the single operator located at the primary
operator's station.
One (1) Manual Overrides - TDA
60-10-7220
MANUAL OVERRIDES
The manual overrides for the aerial device (clockwise and counterclockwise rotation and ladder lowering
interlocks) shall be in the turntable control pedestal. Operation of the ladder without the outriggers
properly set requires the operation of a diverter valve and requires a second operator. The overrides for
the outriggers shall be conveniently located at the side of the trailer fender, behind the jack control panel.
The outrigger overrides can be operated by one person, but requires the simultaneous activation of two
separate controls to override any safety system.
One (1) Outrigger Spotlights - (2) Whelen PAR36, Black Super-LED, Cab Switch
60-10-3M4B
OUTRIGGER SPOT LIGHTS
Two (2) Whelen PAR36 spotlights with black covers, model PSBS12S, with 12 diodes, shall be installed,
one on each side of the apparatus above the outriggers, to illuminate the area for spotting the outriggers
in the down position. The lights shall be wired to a black rocker witch on the cab dash and shall also
automatically activate when the PTO is engaged. Each light is equipped with a switch on the light head.
This switch shall be dependent on the switch on the light head.
S One (1) Outrigger Lighting
60-10-3M4X
OUTRIGGER LIGHTING
Outrigger Lighting, in addition to the outrigger spot lights, a Whelen #PEL2C light with chrome
flange shall be mounted beneath the outrigger warning light each side of the apparatus. Light shall
be wired to Aerial Master.
One (1) Outrigger Pads and Brackets - (2) Aluminum, Under Body, 500# TDA
60-10-416A
OUTRIGGER PADS AND BRACKETS
A set of two (2) auxiliary outrigger pads shall be installed on the apparatus. The pads shall be 24" x 24"
and shall be made of 3/8" aluminum with a bent rod style carrying handle and have a mill finish. There
shall be one (1) pad bracketed to the underside of the body in close proximity to each outrigger.
One (1) Ladder Cradle - Wear Strips Attached To Cradle
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
158
60-10-6010
LADDER CRADLE
A heavy-duty rest shall be provided to support the aerial in the travel position. Wear strips shall be
attached to the aerial cradle to protect the aerial when the unit is in the travel position. The cradle pivots
to conform to the nested ladder, providing support over the full width of the cradle.
One (1) Aerial Hydraulics System - TDA
60-20-001T
AERIAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
HOSE
High pressure hydraulic hose used for the circuits of the hydraulic system shall have a minimum burst
strength of four (4) times operating pressure.
FILTER
An easily accessible 6 micron replaceable filter, with remote filter condition indicator, shall be installed
in the hydraulic pressure line. A 10 micron return filter shall be installed in the reservoir.
RESERVOIR
The stainless steel hydraulic oil tank shall have sufficient capacity to operate the aerial while allowing
the oil to cool and shall be located behind the tractor 5th wheel and between the frame rails. There shall
be a means provided to remove the tank, if needed. The connection points to the tank shall be easily
accessible, with internal baffles separating the intake and return. There shall be shut-off valves at these
points to isolate the tank, if needed. A filtered breather cap and a basket strainer shall be located in the
filler neck. A dip stick shall verify the oil level. There shall be a plaque mounted next to the fill cap
labeled “Hydraulic Fluid Only”.
PUMP
The system shall be powered by a pressure compensated load sensing hydraulic pump. The pump shall
be sized to operate all boom functions simultaneously. The load sense feature operates any function at
the optimum pressure to maximize efficiency and minimize heat build-up.
HOUR METER
An aerial hydraulics hour meter shall be provided to accumulate hours when the transmission provides
pressure to engage the PTO and the aerial enable switch is engaged.
One (1) Emergency Pump
60-20-0200
EMERGENCY PUMP
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
159
The apparatus shall be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump. The pump shall be driven by a 12
volt electric motor with power from the truck batteries. It shall be capable of providing hydraulic power
for limited (slower) ladder functions and for stowage of the unit in case of prime power failure. A control
black rocker switch for the emergency pump shall be located at the outrigger control station and at the
aerial control. The control switch shall be a spring loaded momentary type to prevent prolonged
operation of the emergency pump.
One (1) PTO & Extension Shaft (TDA Only)
60-20-0330
PTO & EXTENSION SHAFT
The TDA shall have a constant drive PTO with an extension shaft.
It shall be engaged all the time and there shall be no indicator light or switch in the cab.
If the PTO is used to power the aerial only, then the PTO can be engaged by the aerial enable switch if
the transmission is in neutral and the parking brake is set or in pump mode with the parking brake set.
If the PTO is used to power the generator and the aerial, then the generator can be used while the truck
is in motion by activating the generator switch. A hydraulic valve, controlled by the aerial enable switch,
shall prevent aerial operation until the transmission is in neutral and the parking brake has been set or in
pump mode with the parking brake set.
There shall be no exceptions to this interlock system since it is designed to protect and safeguard
personnel and equipment.
The hydraulic pump shall be mounted on the transmission with an extension shaft between the PTO and
the pump.
One (1) Hoist System (Stick Aerials)
60-20-0500
HOIST SYSTEM
Two (2) double acting (power up and power down) lift cylinders shall provide smooth and precise
elevation from -5 to 80 degrees above horizontal. Units that do not operate below 0 degrees shall not be
acceptable. The elevation cylinders shall be equipped with integral (on the cylinder) holding valves to
prevent the unit from falling should a charged line be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.
One (1) Extension-Retraction System (100')
60-20-1100
EXTENSION-RETRACTION SYSTEM
A full hydraulic powered ladder extension and retraction system shall be provided utilizing dual
hydraulic cylinders and cables. Each cylinder shall be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a
failure of the other. The extension/retraction cylinders shall be equipped with integral (on the cylinder)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
160
holding valves to prevent the unit from falling should a pressurized hydraulic line be severed at any point
within the system. The extension/retraction cables shall be of the following diameters: 3/8" 2nd section;
5/16" 3rd section; 1/4" fly section.
Wear pads shall be provided between the telescoping sections for smooth operation. Wear pads shall be
composed of high strength polymers with friction reducing additives.
One (1) Rotation Interlock System - TDA
60-30-5030
ROTATION INTERLOCK SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be supplied with a rotation interlock system. This interlock system shall not allow the
aerial to be rotated over the side of the apparatus if the stabilizers on that side are not fully deployed. The
interlock system shall include a light and audible alarm that will activate when rotation is no longer
allowed. Once rotation is stopped the interlock system shall allow the operator to rotate away from the
stopping point without the use of an override. A manual override feature shall be provided that will allow
the operator at the turntable the ability to override the interlock system. There shall be NO
EXCEPTIONS to this interlock system since it is designed to protect and safeguard personnel and
equipment.
The rotation interlock system box/module shall be located in a junction box under the fifth wheel or
gooseneck. If the outrigger controls are on both sides, then the interlock system box/module shall be
behind the controls on the right side.
One (1) Aerial Swivel - 36 Circuit, Hydraulic
60-35-36W4
AERIAL SWIVEL
The aerial device shall be equipped with a swivel installed within the axial centerline of the turntable to
allow 360 degree rotation of the aerial device. The swivel shall float on the turntable to prevent side
loading. It shall have passages for the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and oil reservoir to the
aerial control valve bank. The swivel shall also maintain electrical continuity of all necessary electrical
circuits while ladder is rotating or when it is immobile. A minimum of thirty-six (36) collector rings
shall be provided.
When a waterway is present, a 4" waterway shall be provided down the center.
One (1) Rotation System - Drive Gear opposite Pedestal
60-40-0100
ROTATION SYSTEM
A heavy-duty 34" center to center, 39.88 O. D., swing bearing shall be provided. This bearing shall
feature four-point contact ball bearing design combined with offset raceway construction and individual
ball separators to give maximum combined thrust and radial moment capacities. Races shall be deep
induction hardened and precision ground. The bearing shall have a minimum of 61 precision, 1.38"
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
161
diameter chrome alloy steel balls kept at uniform spacing by resilient spacers. Two (2) grease fittings
shall be provided for proper lubrication.
The bearing shall be attached to both turntable and turntable support structure with grade 8 bolts. Both
surfaces to which the bearing shall be mounted shall be milled to provide a level mounting. Welding of
bearing to either support shall not be allowed, no exception. A planetary gear drive unit mounted on the
turntable opposite of the control pedestal and powered by a hydraulic motor shall be provided. A spring
applied, hydraulically released, disc type brake shall be furnished to provide positive braking of the
turntable assembly.
One (1) Turntable Rotation Motor Cover
60-40-2020
TURNTABLE ROTATION MOTOR COVER
An aluminum tread plate cover shall be provided over the aerial ladder rotation motor on the turntable.
One (1) Turntable - 3 Rails, for Drive Gear opposite Pedestal
60-40-1003
TURNTABLE
The turntable shall consist of aluminum tread plate to provide a slip resistant surface while operating the
ladder. It shall have a minimum of 12 sq. ft. of useable walking surface.
The turntable swing bearing bolts shall be accessible from the topside of the platform. This shall allow
fire department service personnel to easily perform the required periodic bolt torque tightness check.
There shall be no exceptions to this maintenance requirement as it shall eliminate extended labor cost and
excessive down time.
Three 1-1/4" 12 gauge stainless steel tubing guardrails, coated with black LINE-X®, shall be furnished.
One shall be located near the control console, one opposite the control console, and one directly behind
the aerial ladder. All shall be a minimum of 42" high. The guardrails shall have safety connecting chains
with clasps between them.
One (1) Turntable - Orange Perimeter Marking
60-40-901B
ORANGE PERIMETER MARKING
In accordance with NFPA 1900, the perimeter of the turntable not covered with a railing shall be marked
with a one-inch wide safety orange line to delineate the designated standing or walking surface area.
One (1) Aerial Control Pedestal - Right Side of Turntable
60-41-000R
AERIAL CONTROL CONSOLE
The aerial control console shall be located on the right side of the turntable facing the ladder tip.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
162
One (1) Aerial Control Pedestal
60-41-000T
AERIAL CONTROL PEDESTAL
The aerial control pedestal shall be an aluminum tread plate podium-style with an angled control panel
featuring a photo metal panel with control descriptions. It shall have three (3) access doors with pop
latches to the interior of the pedestal for servicing. The access doors shall be located on the three (3)
sides of the pedestal.
One (1) Hinged Aluminum Cover - Control Pedestal
60-41-0010
PEDESTAL COVER
A hinged aluminum tread plate cover shall be provided for the control pedestal. Two (2) gas springs shall
hold the cover in either an open or closed position. The cover shall be wired to the Not Stowed page on
the information display center on the cab dash, and activate the hazard warning light in the cab overhead
and audible alarm.
One (1) Pedestal Cover Light - (1) TecNiq Eon LED
60-41-0220
PEDESTAL COVER LIGHT
There shall be a TecNiq Eon LED lamp installed in the pedestal cover. The light shall be activated when
the PTO is engaged.
One (1) Pedestal Cover Latch - Additional
60-41-001L
PEDESTAL COVER LATCH
There shall be a rubber ball type latch installed on the pedestal cover to assist in holding the cover
closed.
One (1) Pedestal (Interior Service) Work Light - (1) TecNiq Eon, LED
60-41-0110
CONTROL PEDESTAL INTERIOR WORKLIGHT
The interior of the turntable control pedestal shall have a TecNiq EON LED work light for control valve
service visibility. It shall have a stand-alone toggle switch with label.
S One (1) Aerial Controls - Pedestal
60-41-1P00
AERIAL CONTROL CONSOLE
The console shall be illuminated for night operation and shall have the following items clearly identified
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
163
and conveniently located on or in close proximity to the console for ease of operation:
Aerial overload chart
Throttle switch
Intercom system - allows communication between pedestal and end of aerial
Three directional control handles for aerial functions
The following shall be inside the pedestal access door:
Emergency interlock override switch with protective cover
Emergency pump black rocker switch with protective cover
The three directional control valves shall control the elevation/lowering, clockwise/counter clockwise,
and extension/retraction functions for the positioning of the aerial. The controls for the three aerial
functions may be operated independently or simultaneously and shall be of the "deadman" type. A foot
pedal locking feature shall be incorporated to insure the controls are non-operable unless the foot pedal is
engaged when the function is being performed.
Pedestal Layout shall match previous.
One (1) Aerial Pedestal Display
60-41-1U10
AERIAL PEDESTAL DISPLAY
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
164
A 5" color display capable of displaying graphical images as well as text messages shall be located on the
aerial pedestal.
The display shall include the following information, if applicable:
Low voltage (Red)Rung alignment (Green)Turntable aligned (Green)
Aerial overload buzzer, bar graph, and light (Red)
Rotation limit exceeded (Red)
Cab avoidance (Red)
Hydraulic system pressure
Lower system pressure
All warning information
Aerial status
Truck status
Elevation indicator
One (1) Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor - In Aerial Display
60-20-0250
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SENSOR
There shall be a hydraulic oil level sensor as part of the aerial hydraulic system. It shall read in the aerial
information display on the pedestal as follows:
FULL
WORKING
LOW
One (1) Pressure Gauges - Add'l on Aerial Console for Lower Cylinder
60-41-1W25
ADDITIONAL PRESSURE GAUGES
One (1) pressure gauge shall be provided and installed on the aerial console for the lower cylinder
pressure.
One (1) Pressure Gauges - Add'l on Aerial Console for Upper Cylinder
60-41-1W35
ADDITIONAL PRESSURE GAUGES
One (1) pressure gauge shall be provided and installed on the aerial console for the upper cylinder
pressure.
One (1) Pressure Gauges - Add'l on Aerial Console for Hydraulic System
60-41-1W45
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
165
ADDITIONAL PRESSURE GAUGES
One (1) pressure gauge shall be provided and installed on the aerial console for the hydraulic system
pressure.
One (1) Aerial Overload Alarm
60-41-2000
AERIAL OVERLOAD ALARM
An alarm horn and warning light shall be provided on the control pedestal that shall sound to alert the
operator should the load capacity of the aerial be exceeded. The alarm shall in no way restrict the further
operation of the aerial. There will be no exception to this safety requirement.
One (1) Remote Engine Start Button - on Aerial Control Console
60-41-2010
STARTER BUTTON
A remote engine start button shall be provided on the aerial control console.
One (1) Push Button Switch for Air Horns - on Aerial Pedestal
60-41-2020
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH F/AIR HORNS ON AERIAL PEDESTAL
A red push button switch for air horns shall be provided on the aerial pedestal.
One (1) Ladder Alignment Arrows
60-41-204A
LADDER ALIGNMENT ARROWS
There shall be a 0.125” high x 1” wide x 3.5” long arrow constructed of 10 gauge 304 stainless steel with
red reflective surface installed on the turntable. A corresponding arrow shall be placed on the decking
next to the turntable. When the ladder is aligned with the cradle, the points of both arrows shall line up.
The alignment arrows shall be located at final inspection.
One (1) Angle Indicator - (1) Lighted on Base Section
60-41-2080
ANGLE INDICATOR
A lighted angle indicator shall be installed on the base section of the aerial, next to the aerial operator’s
position.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
166
______________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Aerial Intercom - FRC ICA900, 2-Station, Non-Headset
60-45-1205
AERIAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
The intercom shall be a Fire Research Model ICA-900 2 station with ACT clear voice sound system. The
master shall be a push-to-talk station with 5-LED volume indicator lights and push button, arrow-up and
arrow down, controls. The master unit shall be mounted on the turntable control pedestal. The hands free
voice transmission slave unit shall be installed at the aerial tip or platform control console and always in
transmit mode until interrupted by transmission from the master unit. The intercom speaker at the aerial
tip/platform control console shall have a cover over the rear of it. The system stations shall be
interconnected with shielded cable for static free operation in normal conditions.
S One (1) Headset Intercom - Tiller Cab, David Clark, Intercom Only
60-45-5115
TILLER CAB HEADSET STATION
A David Clark U3801 module for intercom only capabilities shall be provided in the tiller cab. The
U3801 module shall have one headset jack and a listen level control. It shall measure 3-1/4"L x 4-3/4"W
x 3"D and be located above the left shoulder on the upper left wall, in the corner. The headset hanger
shall be located near the module, but on the ceiling.
Add a U3802 and cables, to provide two (2) Tiller Cab David Clark Connections, one to each side
of the tiller cab.
S One (1) Headset - Tillerman, DC #H3432
60-45-5200
HEADSET
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
167
One (1) David Clark model #H3432 style headset(s) shall be provided for the tillerman. Each
headset shall have one (1) headset hanger hook located above the seat position opposite the seat belt
mount.
This headset shall provide a noise reduction of 23dB. It shall have a microphone on/off button. The
boom shall have full flex for precise positioning and shall rotate 200 degrees for left or right side
placement. It shall have a shielded 4-conductor, 5 ft coiled cord with PJ-051 plug.
One (1) Aerial Ladder Construction (100/500)
60-50-0150
AERIAL LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The aerial ladder shall be constructed of welded, high-strength steel throughout. Each section shall be
trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally and be reinforced at critical points for extra rigidity. The
ladder rungs shall be round. They shall extend through the web of each ladder section rail and be fully
welded at both the inside and outside of the beam faces to provide excellent torsional rigidity. The rungs
shall also be "K" braced.
The main ladder section beams or rails shall be a hollow I-beam design for superior lateral rigidity (as
compared to a hollow rectangle) and a high strength-to-weight ratio. They shall be roll formed in the
factory of the bidder and be welded together by a continuous-feed automatic welding machine. Holes in
the rails for the rungs shall be punched through the entire web of the I-beam. The holes shall be formed
outward in a "dish" shape to obtain the widest separation between the two weld points on the rung. Prior
to final assembly, the interior of the I-beam shall have an under coating primer to prevent corrosion.
The ladder shall use greaseless bushings on all pivot points and sheaves. Greaseless wear strips shall be
used between the ladder sections. The ladder shall include a safety guard panel located at the turntable
end of the base section and mounted on both sides of the ladder to prevent personnel from placing hands,
elbows, etc. in the path of the aerial ladder extension or retraction.
Ladder construction shall complement the support of heavy or unbalanced loads at horizontal or low
angle positions. To allow the passing of personnel on the ladder, the minimum inside width dimensions
of the four ladder sections shall be as follows: Base - 31"; Lower Mid - 28"; Upper Mid - 24" and Fly -
21". To allow for safe climbing and good "handhold" positioning at any climbing angle, the minimum
height of the handrails above the center line of the rungs of the four ladder sections shall be as follows:
Base - 25"; Lower Mid - 22"; Upper Mid - 18" and Fly - 15".
One (1) Rung Covers - Heavy Duty Rubber & Luminescent Fiberglass, 100'
60-50-1125
RUNG COVERS
All rungs shall be covered with deeply serrated, replaceable, heavy-duty rubber sheaths, glued and
clamped securely to the rungs, with a 6" luminescent fiberglass section in the center, glued to the rungs.
One (1) Aerial Extension Numeric Labels
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
168
60-50-1200
AERIAL EXTENSION NUMERIC LABELS
Numeric labels shall be applied to the inside rail of the base section opposite the pedestal to indicate
ladder extension feet.
One (1) Aerial Ladder Slides
60-50-1000
AERIAL LADDER SLIDES
The aerial ladder slide rocker pads shall consist of Teflon impregnated polyethylene wear pads between
each section. They shall be provided to reduce the frictional forces between the individual sections of
the ladder. No exceptions to this requirement.
One (1) Removable Tip for 500# Ladder - 4-1/2'
60-50-2500
REMOVABLE TIP
A 4-1/2' removable tip on the fly section shall be provided and installed to allow for easy repair or
replacement.
S One (1) Folding Steps - 2 Sets at Ladder Tip, Lighted, for Waterway Monitor
60-50-9820
LIGHTED FOLDING STEPS ON LADDER FLY SECTION
One (1) pair of extreme duty cast aluminum folding steps with cam locking feature shall be installed to
provide substantial footing for a firefighter stationed at the tip of the fly section. Each step area shall be a
minimum of 7" x 7" square. An aggressive serrated tread shall be provided to keep a foot from sliding
off the top of the step. Each step shall come standard with a LED light built into the base of the step right
above the stepping surface. Steps shall not protrude more than 1.50" into the climbing area of the ladder
when in the stowed position.
One (1) additional set of extreme duty cast aluminum folding steps with cam locking feature and LED
light shall be installed below those at the tip of the fly section. They shall be mounted in a position to
provide substantial footing and easy access to the waterway monitor nozzle controls for those ladders
equipped for monitor operation at the ladder tip. The second set of steps shall be identical in
construction and use as the first set.
The step lights shall activate with the aerial master.
The lights, that are below the steps shall be disconnected/inoperable.
One (1) Waterway - Telescoping, 100' TDA, Inlet thru Swivel
60-70-0700
AERIAL WATER SYSTEM
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
169
A single aluminum telescopic waterway, which has been duranodic hard coat anodized, shall be
provided and mounted beneath the center of the aerial ladder. The aerial waterway shall be capable of
being supplied by an external water source with intakes each side at the front of the trailer. A TFT relief
valve and 2" drain valve shall be installed below the swivel. The 4" inlet piping shall consist of two (2)
4” check valves feeding a 4” pipe. The telescopic waterway shall consist of a 4-1/2" I.D. base section
tube, 4-1/4" I.D. second section tube, a 3-3/4" I.D. third section tube and a 3-1/2" I.D. fly section tube
with a 4" ASA 150 lb. flange.
S One (1) Flow Meter at Pedestal - Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
60-70-144E
FLOW METER
A Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC flow meter utilizing a paddlewheel sensor shall be installed at the aerial
operators pedestal position and read from the pedestal display.
A guard shall be provided on the flowmeter on the aerial.
One (1) Shut Off Valve - Akron, 4" Electric Butterfly
60-70-1570
SHUT OFF VALVE
One (1) 4” Akron electric butterfly shut off valve shall be installed in the waterway, before the swivel.
One (1) Waterway Shutoff Valve Control Location - on Pedestal
60-70-1581
WATERWAY SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATION
The controls for the waterway shutoff valve shall be located on the aerial pedestal.
Two (2) Adapter - Waterway Inlet, 4" MNST
60-70-2505
WATERWAY ADAPTER
A 4" MNST straight chrome plated brass adapter shall be provided for the waterway inlet.
One (1) No Additional Adapters Required
60-70-25BZ
Two (2) Cap - Waterway, 4" FNST Rocker Lug
60-70-26R4
WATERWAY CAP
A 4" FNST rocker lug chrome plated brass cap and 16" stainless steel chain shall be provided for the
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
170
waterway.
One (1) Pinnable Waterway Feature - 100' Aerials
60-70-3100
PINNABLE WATERWAY
The last section of the waterway pipe shall be pinnable to either of the top two sections of the aerial
ladder, NO EXCEPTIONS. This shall allow the monitor to be held back from the tip of the ladder, thus
preventing damage to the waterway and monitor when the aerial is being used for rescues or parapet wall
applications, etc. The operator shall select the placement of the monitor (upper or lower position) when
the ladder is fully retracted using a locking pin. The two positions shall be labeled with a photometal
label, stating “RESCUE” and “WATERWAY.” The locking pin shall have a stainless steel shaft and a
ball bearing type positive locking feature. Its handle shall incorporate a spring loaded push button that
releases the detents to remove or install the pin. The pin shall be tethered to the pinnable waterway lock
with a stainless steel restraining cable to prevent its loss. Four (4) large adjustable 1-1/2" thick rubber
bumpers shall be placed on the top two ladder sections to automatically align the locking pin holes when
the ladder is fully retracted.
Safe operation of the pinnable waterway shall require the proper placement of the positive locking pin.
The waterway shall be fully functional no matter which section of the aerial ladder that the waterway is
pinned to. There shall be redundant safety systems designed into the construction of the aerial ladder to
serve as precautions against the telescopic portion of the waterway and the monitor assembly separating
from the aerial ladder.
One (1) Monitor Cord Reel
60-70-4710
MONITOR CORD REEL
A spring return electric cord reel shall be installed on the end of the pinnable aerial. It shall be located
on the aerial on the side opposite to the location of the pedestal. The reel shall supply power and
communication to the monitor and associated electronics.
S One (1) Monitor Cord Reel Color - Painted Custom Color
60-70-471D
The monitor cord reel shall be painted:
Match ladder tip.
One (1) Ladder Monitor - (1) TFT Flex®RC, #YN-E25A-L, Elect, 1000GPM, 4"In/2-1/2"Outl
60-70-4T06
LADDER MONITOR
One (1) Task Force Tips Flex model YN-E25A-L 12-volt electric remote-controlled monitor shall be
installed on the waterway. It shall be constructed of hard coat anodized aluminum and include a control
box mounted to the top center of the monitor for maximum clearance. Override control shafts shall be
short in length with small override knobs to provide maximum clearance. It shall be configured with a 4”
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
171
ANSI 150 flange inlet and 2-1/2” male NH outlet with flow capability of 1000 GPM at a maximum
operating pressure of 200 PSI.
The entire water system shall be capable of delivering up to 1,000 gallons per minute at any angle of
elevation, up to full extension, at 45 degrees above horizontal and at 90 degrees to the centerline of the
ladder.
One (1) Monitor Color - TFT Silver
60-70-6T21
The monitor shall be TFT Silver in color.
One (1) Nozzle - TFT MstrStrm #M-ERP1000-NJ, 2-1/2"NH,150-1000GPM, Electric
60-70-6T34
NOZZLE
One (1) Task Force Tips Master Stream 1000, model # M-ERP1000-NJ automatic nozzle with
electrically operated pattern control shall be provided. The nozzle design shall allow for straight stream
through dense wide fog patterns.
The electric drive unit shall develop over 400 pounds of torque, be enclosed in a waterproof cast
aluminum housing and include a manual override device in the event the power source fails. The unit
shall be compatible with 12- or 24-volt power systems and require no more than a 3-amp power draw and
include a 6" connection cable with plug.
Nozzle stream shaper actuator shall have position encoder for smooth transition between straight stream
and fog pattern with fine stream adjustment.
For corrosion resistance and durability, the nozzle and actuator shall be constructed from hard coat
anodized aluminum alloy, include a protective rubber bumper with fog teeth, laser engraved serial
number, and reflective labeling.
The nozzle shall have a 2-1/2" female NH swivel rocker lug coupling and a flow range of 150-1000 GPM
at 100 PSI. A waterproof six-pin electrical connection for use with TFT remote control monitors shall be
included.
One (1) No Monitor Tip Control Required
60-70-6T70
One (1) Monitor PedestalControl - TFT Panel Mt Control, #YC-RP
60-70-6T81
MONITOR PEDESTAL CONTROL
One (1) Task Force Tips model # YC-RP panel mount operator station for the Flex series remote control
monitors shall be installed on the aerial pedestal. The operator station shall be designed for surface panel
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
172
mounting from front of panel using 4 fasteners. The unit shall have a mini four direction toggle for
horizontal rotation, and vertical elevation. A paddle toggle shall control nozzle stream pattern
adjustment. Five programmable buttons shall be used to control oscillate, park, water valve,
Extend-A-Gun, lights, and other accessories. The button labels shall be changed to match the functions.
Controls shall be operated with a gloved hand. Unit shall be programmable from a mobile app.
Communications shall conform to J1939 standards.
The unit shall be weatherproof and utilize weatherproof components such as liquid tight electrical
connections. A Deutsch connector shall be provided for ease of service and installation. The unit shall
have a unique serial number and shall be covered by a two-year warranty.
Two (2) Ladder Base Light - Whelen Pioneer Plus™ PCH1P Super-LED, 12V Spot/Flood (Ea)
60-80-1480
AERIAL LADDER BASE LIGHT(S)
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer Plus™ model PCH1P, 12 volt 6.5 amp, Super-LED® 8,875 lumen combination
spot/flood light(s) shall be installed on the base section of the ladder.
Two (2) Ladder Base Lights Shall be Mounted on the Both Sides of the Ladder
60-80-1920
Ladder base lights shall be mounted on the both sides of the ladder.
Two (2) Finish Light Head - Whelen, Black
60-80-765F
The finish of the light head shall be black.
One (1) Aerial Light - Switched at Pedestal, 12V/120V (Ea)
60-80-9110
One (1) aerial light(s) shall be switched at the turntable pedestal.
Two (2) Ladder Fly-Stream Light - Whelen PPlus™ PCH1P Super-LED® 12V Spot/Flood (Ea)
60-80-2480
AERIAL LADDER FLY LIGHT(S)
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer Plus™ model PCH1P, 12 volt 6.5 amp, Super-LED® 8,875 lumen combination
spot/flood light(s) shall be installed on the fly section of the ladder near the tip.
Two (2) Ladder Fly Lights Shall be Mounted on the Both Sides of the Ladder
60-80-2920
Ladder fly lights shall be mounted on the both sides of the ladder.
Two (2) Finish Light Head - Whelen, Black
60-80-765F
The finish of the light head shall be black.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
173
One (1) Aerial Light - Switched at Pedestal, 12V/120V (Ea)
60-80-9110
One (1) aerial light(s) shall be switched at the turntable pedestal.
One (1) Rung Lighting - WesGarde LED Strips, for 100'/105' Ladder (Ea)
60-80-9040
RUNG LIGHTING
One (1) side(s) of each aerial ladder section shall have Wes Garde flexible, weatherproof LED strip
lights installed. The light strips shall be mounted on the inside of the hand rail with mechanical fasteners
and adhesive
S One (1) Dimmer Option For LED Rung Lighting
60-80-903X
DIMMER OPTION FOR LED RUNG LIGHTING
A adjustable control shall be provided at the aerial control pedestal to dim the rung lighting
One (1) Rung Light Color - Blue
60-80-907B
The rung lights shall be blue in color.
One (1) Rung Light Installation Location - Right Side
60-80-908B
The rung lights shall be installed on the right side.
One (1) Aerial Light to Activate with Aerial Enable Switch in Cab
60-80-9100
This light shall be activated when the aerial ladder system is activated in the cab.
Two (2) Cat Track - 100' Aerials
60-89-0025
CAT TRACK
A Cat Track shall be provided that contains electric cables for the intercom, 12 volt DC power and 12
volt DC controls. The cables shall be continuous from the turntable to the tip with no reels. There shall
be electrical connectors at the turntable and tip that allow for easy maintenance.
One (1) Detachable Aerial Lifting Device - Dual 1/2" Pulley, Painted Ladder Tip Color
60-95-0020
DETACHABLE AERIAL LIFTING DEVICE
A detachable aerial lifting device for rescue lifting will be supplied. The lifting device can be easily and
quickly attached to the tip of the ladder fly section and allows the load to be centered between the ladder
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
174
rails. The device has a dual pulley (sheave) for use with a 1/2" rope. The sheave (pulley) has been
designed for 1/2" rescue rope. This carries a rating not to exceed the tip load rating of the ladder.
Lifting device shall be painted ladder tip color.
One (1) Rigging Plate & Adapters - Mounted to Base Section
60-95-0062
RIGGING PLATE
A base mounted aerial rigging plate adapter shall be welded to each side of the rear of the base section
and an aerial rigging plate shall be provided and shipped loose. The rigging plate shall be painted to
match the aerial ladder tip. The aerial rigging plate shall be secured to the adapters on the base section
when utilized and secured with over T-style detent pins. (reference 31-02700-30-02 for concept). The
Rope Tie-off areas shall be radiused to prevent damage to hose.
One (1) Pike Pole Mount - (1) LS Fly, Painted
60-95-1005
PIKE POLE MOUNT ON FLY
One (1) pike pole mount shall be provided on the left hand side of the fly section of the ladder, lower
mount, and shall be painted to match the ladder. A cup shall be provided at the head of the pike pole, to
prevent the head from damaging the paint and wiring. The cup exterior shall be DA finished 301
stainless steel.
S One (1) Pike Pole - 6',
90-05-4100
LADDER MOUNTED PIKE POLE
A 6 foot Nupla RH-6DA shall be mounted on the left hand side of the fly section of the ladder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
S Two (2) Chain Saw Scabbard - (2) Mounted in Fly, Painted
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
175
60-95-2050
CHAIN SAW SCABBARD ON FLY
Two (2) chainsaw scabbard shall be provided and mounted one on each side of the ladder at the
fly. The scabbard shall be placed so when the saw is in the scabbard, the motor hangs to the outside of
the fly section and not in the working area. The scabbard shall be painted to match the ladder tip.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
One (1) Ladder Bracket - Base Section, for (1) Roof Ladder (18' Maximum)
60-95-2610
LADDER BRACKET ON BASE SECTION
A ladder bracket shall be provided and mounted to the outside of the aerial base section, opposite the
pedestal, to accommodate one (1) roof ladder.
One (1) Ladder Signs - 16.25", (1) Each Side, Does Not Include Lettering
60-95-4110
LADDER SIGN
Two (2) 132" x 16.25" painted metal placards for department identification signs shall be provided. One
shall be installed on each side of the bed section of the ladder. Placards shall be made of smooth
aluminum sheet metal and be securely fastened to the ladder. The center of the metal placards shall be
mounted approximately 160" from the pivot point of the aerial device. Ladder mounted options may
affect the location of the ladder sign.
One (1) Sign Color - Painted to Match Body
60-95-815B
The sign shall be painted to match the body.
One (1) Hydraulic Generators - Seagrave TDAs
70-00-0035
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
176
One (1) Hydraulic Generator - Harrison MDS Avenger 6 KW w/IHT, for TDA
70-00-8050
HYDRAULIC GENERATOR
A Harrison 6.0 kW MDS Avenger hydraulic generator system shall be provided and installed on the
apparatus. The system shall be capable of producing the nominal output power of 6.0 kW, 120V/240V,
single phase, 60 Hz. The generator shall be installed per the manufacturer recommendations and shall be
capable of supplying full power during all engine speeds or operation modes.
The generator shall be placed in a tray frame assembly which affords protection to the components and
provides a unitized mounting module containing the motor/generator, oil cooler, filtration system, and a
manifold containing a cross-port check valve plus system relief valve. The generator shall be a
commercial type with a heavy-duty bearing and of brushless design to ensure low maintenance. The
reservoir shall include an oil level gauge, oil temperature gauge, fill cap, fill strainer, and a boost unit to
provide a positive pressure to the pump suction port. The generator and hydraulic motor shall be close
coupled and permanently aligned using a Morse taper with a through bolt to secure the motor to the
generator.
The PTO driven hydraulic pump and motor shall be of axial piston design to provide low internal leakage
and a high degree of frequency stability. The pump will match to the system with the proper orifice,
pressure compensator and load sensing to provide a stable output over the rated speed range of the pump
and with electrical loads from no load to full-load. The PTO ratio shall be selected to allow operation
throughout the entire engine RPM range; idle to full throttle.
A display meter consisting of (4) numeric LED displays shall be used. The meter shall simultaneously
display system voltage, frequency and amperage in each of the two 120V legs. The display meter shall
be located in close proximity to the breaker box.
A high temperature visual indicator and audible alarm shall be provided and installed.
The generator shall include the IHT system for the power steering.
One (1) Generator/Inverter Test and Certification - Third Party
00-05-330S
GENERATOR/INVERTER TEST AND CERTIFICATION
The generator/inverter shall be third party tested at the manufacturer's facility and shall conform to
NFPA requirements and standards. Copies of all tests shall be provided with the delivery documentation.
One (1) Generator Control Location - Cab Dash
70-02-0080
The generator enable momentary black rocker switch shall be installed on the cab dash.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
177
One (1) Hydraulic Generator Reservoir Location - Tray Frame Assembly
70-02-0100
The hydraulic generator reservoir shall be located attached to the tray frame assembly.
One (1) Generator Located Less Than 12 Ft from Load Center - Circuit Protection Not Req
70-05-0510
One (1) Warranty - Harrison Hydraulic Generator, 6 Year
91-75-3115
HARRISON HYDRAULIC GENERATOR WARRANTY
The Harrison hydraulic generator shall have a 6 year / 1000 hour limited warranty from the manufacturer.
See warranty certificate for complete details.
S One (1) Load Center - Up to Eight Circuits
70-05-0200
BREAKER BOX
An eight (8) place Square D brand, or approved equal, gray colored circuit breaker box shall be
provided. Manual reset circuit breakers, matching the rated output of each specific outlet or device, shall
be provided. All power supply assembly conductors, including neutral and grounding conductors from
the line voltage power source to the circuit breaker box shall have an equivalent amperage rating and
shall be sized to carry not less than 115 percent of the amperage of the nameplate current rating of the
power source. Power supply conductors shall be run in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit or type
SO/SEO cord with a WA suffix. Conduit shall have a temperature range of -67°F (-55°C) to 221°F
(105°C). Wiring conductors from the circuit breaker box to the individual outlets and devices shall be
sized in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code requirements. Branch circuit wiring
conductors shall be run in (1) metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for use in a
temperature range of -67°F (-55°C) to 221°F (105°C) with stranded copper wire rated for wet locations
and temperatures not less than 194°F (90°C) or (2) Type SOW, SOOW, SEOW, or SEOOW flexible
cord, rated at 600 volts and at temperatures not less than 194°F (90°C). A power source specification
label shall be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operators control panel.
The door of the breaker box shall be flip up.
Locate Right side runningboard/water tank compartment.
S One (1) Generator Shall be Located Top of Water Tank
70-02-0060
The hydraulic generator shall be located above water tank.
Three (3) Receptacle - 120V, 20 Amp f/ inside Body Compart, for Auto Transfer Relay (Ea)
70-05-195C
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE IN BODY COMPARTMENT(S) FOR AUTO TRANSFER RELAY
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
178
A 120-volt, 20 amp, 3-wire receptacle shall be provided inside three (3) body compartment(s) in
accordance with NFPA guidelines. The receptacle shall be located at least 3" from the floor. A brushed
stainless steel cover plate shall be provided to protect the receptacle. When the generator is shut down,
the load is automatically returned to the shoreline. The receptacle shall be labeled accordingly.
S Three (3) NEMA Rating - 5-20R (20 Amp) Non-Twist-Lock, Duplex
70-05-2535
NEMA Rating: 5-20R (20 Amp) Non-Twist-Lock, Duplex, with integral USB, reference 76440.
Three (3) Receptacle Cover - Stainless Steel Wall Plate (Interior Use Only) (Ea)
70-05-2720
Three (3) stainless steel wall plate(s) shall be installed.
S Three (3) Receptacle Location - As Specified
70-05-2760
The receptacle shall be located:
-RS2 Frame depth front wall inboard.
-RS4, front wall just below door roll.
-RS6, Determined At Preconstruction.
One (1) Auto Transfer Switch - Kussmaul #091-134 (Ea)
70-05-2910
KUSSMAUL AUTO TRANSFER SWITCH
One (1) Kussmaul 091-134 Auto Interlock II switch(es) shall be provided to allow the receptacle to be
fed from shore power through the Auto Eject when the generator is not in use. The switch(es) shall be
installed near the breaker box.
One (1) Breaker - 20 Amp, No Ground Fault Interrupter (Ea)
70-05-2820
One (1) 20 amp breaker(s) shall be installed. It shall not have a ground fault interrupter.
Two (2) Cord Reel - Hannay ECR 1616-17-18, 3-Conductor (Capacity: 150 ft of 10/3) (Ea)
70-05-3100
CORD REEL(S)
Two (2) Hannay Model ECR1616-17-18 power rewind cord reel(s) for live electric cable shall be
provided. The reel(s) shall be 12 volt electric rewind and be equipped with an electrical collector ring
with a minimum #10 gauge, 3-conductor wiring. Capacity of each reel shall be 150 feet 10/3 gauge or
200 feet of 12/3 gauge electric cable.
Two (2) 10/3 Cord Reel Cable - Per 150 foot length
70-05-4015
CORD REEL CABLE(S)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
179
Two (2) one hundred fifty foot length(s) 10/3 type SO electric cable shall be provided and installed on
the cord reel.
Two (2) Cord Cable Color - Yellow
70-05-45CY
The color of the cord cable shall be yellow.
Two (2) Reel Motor Speed - 60 Seconds to Rewind 100 Ft
77-41-0010
The AN250 motor shall take 60 seconds to rewind 100 feet.
Two (2) Reel Color - Hannay Graphite
77-41-0030
The reel shall be painted Hannay Graphite.
Two (2) Reel Rewind Switch - Hannay Push Button #90030
77-41-0110
REEL REWIND SWITCH
The reel shall be equipped with a Hannay Reel Rewind Push-Button Control #90030. A guard shall be
provided if located on the exterior of an apparatus, to prevent accidental activation if required.
S Two (2) Reel Rewind Switch -Provide Location
77-41-0155
Rewind switches to be located on rearward wall of LS1/RS1, exact location shall be at final
inspection.
Two (2) Reel Location - on Ceiling of Transverse Compartment
77-41-0375
The reel shall be installed on the ceiling of the transverse compartment.
S Two (2) Reel Location - As Specified
77-41-0389
The reel shall be located, as specified:
-LS1/RS1, in the transverse area, rearward in compartment.
Two (2) Roller Assembly, On Reel
77-41-0420
ROLLER ASSEMBLY
The reel shall be equipped with a captive roller assembly mounted directly on reel frame. It shall be
supplied by Hannay and have a 4-way roller assembly with stainless steel rollers mounted in a stamped
steel housing.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
180
Two (2) Cable/Hose Stop
77-41-0480
CABLE STOP
A molded plastic spherical type stop shall be provided near the end of the cable/hose.
Two (2) Twist-Lock Female Plug on Cord Reel Cable, Single Load (Ea)
70-05-5110
TWIST-LOCK FEMALE PLUG(S) ON CORD REEL CABLE
Two (2) Hubbell model HBL2313SW 120V/20A heavy duty twist-lock female plug(s) with watertight
safety-shroud and Insulgrip® connector body shall be provided for a single load junction box, 3
conductor cable. The plug(s) shall be installed on the working end of the cord reel cable(s).
Two (2) Junction Box - Akron Brass, (2) L5-20R & (2) 5-20R, w/ Pigtail & Mtg Box (Ea)
70-05-5250
ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX(ES)
Two (2) Akron Brass 4-receptacle junction box(es) shall be provided for distribution of electrical power
on the fire ground. Each box shall be constructed of aluminum and shall be completely powder coated
gray with gray hinged protective receptacle covers and the full length carry handle. Internally lighted
faceplates shall provide sufficient light to make connections and alert the crew that the box is in
"power-on" status. Each junction box shall have dimensions of 9.25" long x 5.5" wide x 8.5" high. Each
box shall be equipped with a 12-inch pigtail and a L5-20 connection.
For each total of four (4) single receptacles shall be provided; two (2) NEMA L5-20R twist-lock and two
(2) NEMA 5-20R household, straight blade. Each receptacle shall be rated for 20 amps at 125 Volts.
A mounting box, with brushed stainless finish, shall be provided for each junction box.
Two (2) Junction Box Mount Shall be Located at Time of Order
70-05-5588
The junction box mount shall be located at time of order.
Two (2) Junction Box Mount Shall be Placed Horizontally
70-05-5591
The junction box mount shall be placed horizontally.
Two (2) Cab 12V Frt Brow Mt Light - Whelen PCH1B w/ PBHSEAGB Mt, Black (Ea)
71-01-AS1B
CAB 12V FRONT BROW MOUNT LIGHT(S)
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer Plus™ PCH1B single panel LED combination flood/spot light(s) shall be
installed on the cab front brow, using a Whelen PBHSEAGB mounting bracket. The light head shall
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
181
measure 8.19" w x 4.63 h. The light head shall provide 8,875 lumens and draw 6.0 amps. It shall operate
at 12 volts DC.
The light head and mounting bracket shall be powder coated black.
Two (2) Cab Front Brow Mount Location - Left & Right Sides
71-1Z-0010
The mount shall be on the left and right sides of the cab front brow.
One (1) 12V Light Switched at Cab Dash & Operator Stand w/ 3-Way Momentary Switch (Ea)
71-Y0-0020
One (1) 12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dash and the pump operator stand with a 3-way
momentary black rocker switch.
Two (2) Cab 12V Surface Mt Light - Whelen PCPSM1B, Black (Ea)
71-41-AM1B
CAB 12V SURFACE MOUNT LIGHT(S)
Two (2) Whelen model PCPSM1B, single panel LED combination flood/spot surface mount light head(s)
shall be installed on the cab side(s). The light head shall measure 8.19"w x 4.63"h. The light head shall
provide 8,000 lumens and draw 6 amps. It shall operate at 12 volts DC.
The flange shall be black.
Two (2) Cab Surface Mt Light Location - Between Frt Cab Door & Crew Cab Side Window
71-5Z-0010
The cab surface mounted lights(s) shall be located between the front cab door and the crew cab side
window.
Two (2) 12V Light Switched at Cab Dash & Operator Stand w/ 3-Way Momentary Switch (Ea)
71-Y0-0020
Two (2) 12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dash and the pump operator stand with a 3-way
momentary black rocker switch.
Two (2) Light Shall Not Activate with Respective Cab Door
71-Y0-0410
The light shall not activate when a cab door on that side opens.
One (1) Body Rear 12V Surface Mt Light - Whelen PCPSM1B, Black (Ea)
71-K1-AM1B
BODY REAR 12V SURFACE MOUNT LIGHT(S)
One (1) Whelen model PCPSM1B, single panel LED flood/spot surface mount light head(s) shall be
installed on the body rear. Each light head shall measure 8.19"w x4.63"h. The light head shall provide
8,000 lumens and draw 6 amps. It shall operate at 12 volts DC.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
182
The flange shall be black.
One (1) Body Rear Surface Mt Light Location - Centered
71-LZ-0010
The surface mounted light shall be centered on the rear of the body and as high as possible. Other
equipment and light selections may affect placement.
S One (1) 12V Light Switched at Cab Dash, Op Stand, & T-Cab w/ 3-Way Momentary Switch (Ea)
71-Y0-0020
One (1) 12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dash, operator stand, and tiller cab dash with a
3-way momentary switch.
Four (4) Portable 120V Light - Whelen PFP2AP1, White w/ White 3300 Mt (Ea)
71-S1-BP2W
PORTABLE 120V MOUNT LIGHT(S)
Four (4) Whelen Pioneer Plus ™ PFP2AP1 dual panel flood light(s) on a Whelen model 3300 portable
ground tripod shall be provided with a pole/pedestal mount adapter with handle, quick disconnect, and
switch. Each light head shall measure 14"w x 4.63"h.
The light shall operate at 120 volts AC, draw 1.3 amps, and generate 15,000 lumens of light.
The light head shall be powder coated white.
Four (4) Receptacle - Weatherproof, 120V Twist-Lock, Generator Powered (Each)
70-05-1100
RECEPTACLE(S)
Four (4) 120 volt 3-wire twist lock receptacle(s) shall be provided and installed in weatherproof boxes
with spring loaded covers. The receptacle shall be located at least 3" from the floor. The receptacle
shall be powered by the on-board generator and labeled accordingly.
Four (4) NEMA Rating - L5-20R (20 Amp) Twist-Lock, Single
70-05-2540
NEMA Rating: L5-20R (20 Amp) Twist-Lock,Single.
Four (4) Receptacle Cover - Flip Lid, Plastic, Single (Weatherproof) (Ea)
70-05-2710
Four (4) plastic flip lid single receptacle cover(s) shall be installed.
S Four (4) Receptacle Location - As Specified
70-05-2760
Location of each 120V receptacle shall be located at each light in an ATP Box.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
183
Four (4) Breaker - 20 Amp, No Ground Fault Interrupter (Ea)
70-05-2820
Four (4) 20 amp breaker(s) shall be installed. It shall not have a ground fault interrupter.
S Four (4) Portable Mount Light Location - As Specified
71-SZ-0010
The portable mount and light shall be located as follows: Shall be above the LS2/RS2 and LS5/RS5
compartments.
Four (4) AC Plug - Whelen, L5-20, Twist Lock
71-V0-0060
A Whelen Nema L5-20, 3-prong twist-lock plug shall be installed.
S Two (2) 120V Light Switched at Cab Dash & Operator Stand w/ 3-Way Momentary Switch (Ea)
71-Y0-0120
Two (2) 120 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dash and the pump operator stand with a 3-way
momentary black rocker switch. Both side lights tied to one switch respective side.
One (1) NFPA Required Equipment - Aerial
89-99-0030
NFPA REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
NFPA requires that the purchasing authority supply a detailed list of furnished equipment that identifies
who will be providing that equipment. The list shall be provided at the time of bid submittal to the
manufacturer.
S One (1) Ground Ladders - TDA, Duo-Safety,
90-00-0150
GROUND LADDERS
Ladders shall be provided in full compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for aerial trucks. Ladders
shall be individually mounted under the aerial ladder and tiller cab and properly labeled. Duo-Safety
ladders shall be provided as follows:
-Two 35 ft., 2-Section - Model 1200-A
-One 24 ft., 2-Section - Model 900-A
-One 10 ft., Folding - Model 585-A
-One 16 ft., Roof - Model 875-A
-One 14 ft., Roof - Model 775-A
-One 10 ft., Roof - Model 775-DR--MOUNTED ON AERIAL
Two (2) Section ladders, shall be oriented to have the fly section face to the driver side.
A layout shall be provided for customer review, during engineering.
One (1) Ladder - Step, Little Giant Overhaul M17, Aluminum (Ea)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
184
90-00-94C9
LITTLE GIANT LADDER SYSTEM(S)
One (1) Little Giant Overhaul M17, aluminum ladder system(s) shall be provided.
S One (1) Little Giant Ladder Location - As Specified
90-00-94D0
Little Giant ladder shall be located at Officer side of the body.
S One (1) Ladder Brackets & Pull/Twist Clamps
90-00-9510
LADDER BRACKETS AND CLAMPS
The little giant ladder shall be installed on the right side of the body on stainless steel Unistrut with
a painted finish. The ladder brackets shall have up and down adjustment without the need to drill
holes or modify the brackets.
Polished aluminum pull/quarter turn type ladder clamps shall be provided for the little giant
ladder. They shall be vertically adjustable up and down independent of the ladder brackets. Clamps shall
be attached to a stainless steel spring loaded shaft. Clamp spring tension shall be adjustable. The spring
assembly shall be fully enclosed within a white metal cast housing. Housing shall be painted a silver/gray
color. A vertically adjustable rubber bumper shall be placed in the ladder bracket mounting guide to
serve as a stop or rest for the inside lower ladder beam and to prevent it from hitting and damaging the
body sides.
One (1) Ladder Brackets - Leather Lined
90-00-9700
LEATHER LINED BRACKETS
The ladders brackets shall be leather lined to prevent damage to the ladders.
One (1) Ground Ladder Mounting - Vertical, for TDA with 30" Ladder Stakes Only
90-01-9000
GROUND LADDERS MOUNTED VERTICALLY
The specified ground ladders shall be vertically mounted, with slides top and bottom.
One (1) Ladder Compt Doors - Smooth Alum, w/o Cam Ladder Locks
90-01-9210
LADDER COMPARTMENT DOORS
Aluminum double doors shall be provided at the rear of the ground ladder compartment. The doors shall
be constructed of smooth aluminum. The doors shall be double panel construction, shall include gas
operated door stays and shall be held shut with a "D" ring positive lock. The door hinge shall be located
on the right side. The compartment lights shall automatically be activated by a door switch when door is
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
185
opened. The door switch shall be integrated with the door ajar/hazard warning system. The interior of
the door shall have a DA finish.
One (1) Keyed Locks - NONE
57-00-200N
S Two (2) Liner - Interior Hinged Compartment Door, Brushed S/S (Ea)
57-00-5200
BRUSHED STAINLESS COMPARTMENT DOOR LINER(S)
Brushed stainless steel overlay shall be provided on the inside of two (2) compartment door(s) to protect
the painted finish and to cover inside door hardware.
Two (2) Ladder Compartment Door Exterior Finish - (2) Painted Job Color
91-02-2155
LADDER COMPARTMENT DOORS EXTERIOR FINISH
The exterior of both ladder compartment doors shall be painted job color-the color of the lower body.
One (1) Ground Ladder Splash Shield - Below Entire Ground Ladder Stake Assembly
90-01-9500
GROUND LADDER SPLASH SHIELD
A splash shield shall be provided below the entire ground ladder stake assembly to shield the ladders
from road splash. The shield shall be made of 3CR12 stainless steel and painted the same color as the
ladder stakes.
One (1) Ladder Bay Lights - (2) Triton #TLPC, LED
90-01-9930
LADDER BAY LIGHTS
The ladder bay opening shall be illuminated by two (2) LED lights from Triton, model TLPC. Each
weatherproof light shall have 15 LED bulbs and a lens that measures 1.125” in diameter. The lights shall
be activated by opening the ladder bay doors. The door switch shall be integrated into the door ajar
hazard warning system.
One (1) Pike Poles
90-05-0100
PIKE POLES/MOUNTING
The following pike poles shall be furnished:
Two (2) Pike Pole - 10', Fire Hooks NHF-10 with Fiberglass Handle (Ea)
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
186
90-05-4300
PIKE POLE(S)
Two (2) 10 ft. Fire Hooks Unlimited NHF-10 pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle(s).
One (1) Pike Pole - 8', Fire Hooks NHF-8 with Fiberglass Handle (Ea)
90-05-4200
PIKE POLE(S)
One (1) 8 ft. Fire Hooks Unlimited NHF-8 pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle(s).
One (1) Pike Pole - 12' Fire Hooks APH-12 with Solid Fiberglass Handle (Ea)
90-05-4800
PIKE POLE(S)
One (1) 12 ft. Fire Hooks Unlimited APH-12 pike pole(s) shall be provided. The handles shall be solid
fiberglass with stainless steel wear sleeves. There shall be a gas shutoff on the end of the pole opposite
the hook.
Three (3) Roof Hook - 6', Fire Hooks "NY" #RH-6 with Steel Handle (Ea)
90-05-5000
ROOF HOOK(s)
Three (3) 6 ft. Fire Hooks "NY" fire hook(s) model RH-6 with handle(s) shall be provided.
Seven (7) Pike Pole Mounting - PVC Tube (Ea.)
90-05-6250
PVC PIKE POLE MOUNT(S)
Seven (7) PVC tube(s) shall be mounted to facilitate storage of pike poles.
Seven (7) Pike Pole Mount Location - in Ladder Compartment
90-05-718F
The pike pole mount shall be located in the ladder compartment.
One (1) Wheel Chocks - (4) Worden HWG, Aluminum
90-21-0700
WHEEL CHOCKS
Four (4) Worden HWG wheel chocks shall be furnished and shipped loose by the apparatus
manufacturer. Four (4) U815 holders shall be installed by the manufacturer, two (2) on each side of the
body.
S One (1) Chock Holder Location
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
187
90-21-0900
Install the driver's two (2) wheel chocks under the water tank compartment. Install the officer's
side two (2) wheel chocks one (1) each side of the exhaust tip.
One (1) Paint - Preparation, Processes & Finish
91-00-1000
PROCESSES
The following processes shall be employed in the finishing of the apparatus:
MANUAL SURFACE PREPARATION
All metal surfaces on all custom body and cabs shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for paint.
Surfaces that shall not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel and bright aluminum
tread plate. As required, weld seams and other areas shall be caulked to prevent water leaks or for
appearance reasons. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface shall be removed or filled and then
sanded for a smooth flat appearance.
CHEMICAL CLEANING AND TREATMENT
All painted surfaces shall be washed with a chemical degreaser, cleaner and surface conditioner to allow
for proper adherence of primer coat. Then they shall be washed with a neutralizer product. All products
used are approved by paint supplier and applied under strict process control to meet performance
requirements on corrosion prevention and chip resistance.
PRIMER / SURFACE COATING FOR TOP COAT APPLICATION
A minimum of 2 coats of Epoxy based primer shall be applied to surfaces inside and outside of cabs and
bodies and all other parts of apparatus that shall receive a Top color coat to achieve required corrosion
protection. After that a minimum of 2 coats of sealer shall be applied over the primer surface. The overall
thickness of the primer/sealer coat shall be between 3 to 8 mils wet. Once dried and cured all surfaces
that shall receive a top coat shall be hand sanded to achieve a flat and smooth surface to meet gloss and
other paint quality standards. All products used are approved by paint supplier and applied under strict
process control to meet performance and appearance requirements according with Seagrave’s Paint
Quality Standard. The underside of the cab and body shall be finished with one coat of epoxy primer
specifically designed for this application to prevent corrosion and provide chip resistance to typical
paved road conditions.
TOP COAT APPLICATION
Each Top Coat final color on the apparatus is applied using a two stage paint process. The unit shall be
thoroughly hand cleaned to eliminate dust residues and to detect any imperfection in the surfaces to be
painted. A fast drying 3.5 VOC polyurethane base coat color shall be applied using a cross coat
application technique. Additional coats may be applied as required until the coat thickness reaches 2.0 to
6.0 mils wet and a full hide appearance. If a second color is required, proper masking shall be applied to
the unit and the base coat application process shall be repeated for the second color. A slow drying low
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
188
VOC High Build clear coat shall be applied using a cross coat application technique until a minimum of
5.0 mils wet is achieved. The unit is then properly heated to assure flash and cure of the paint before
leaving the paint booth. All products used are approved by paint supplier and applied under strict
process control to meet performance and appearance requirements according to Seagrave’s Paint Quality
Standard.
Each batch of color topcoat shall be tested for precise color match following paint supplier color
matching process. A visual color match shall be checked prior to paint using customer approved paint
chips.
The cab and body shall be primed and finish painted prior to installation on the chassis to ensure paint
coverage in all areas including the difficult to reach places. The exterior and interior of the cab shall be
finish painted before the doors are installed or any assembly is started to ensure a finish painted surface
beneath all trim items.
PRIMER / SURFACE COATING FOR SINGLE COAT APPLICATION
A minimum of 2 coats of Epoxy based primer shall be applied to all surfaces of the apparatus that shall
receive a single color coat to achieve required corrosion protection. This is a wet coat process and it shall
achieve a 3.0 to 8.0 mills wet thickness and complete coverage of all bare metal. All products used are
approved by paint supplier and applied under strict process control to meet performance and appearance
requirements according with Seagrave’s Paint Quality Standard.
SINGLE COAT APPLICATION
A minimum of 2 coats of direct gloss paint shall be applied over all primed surface to achieve corrosion
protection and appearance in accordance with Seagrave’s Paint Quality Standard. This application shall
be used for Gloss Black, Job Color and Color finishes in parts of the apparatus such as frame rails,
outriggers, ladders and other aerial devices, suspension and other chassis parts, etc. as defined in the
sales order.
ZOLATONE COAT APPLICATION
All areas to receive a Zolatone coat shall be primed following the primer/surface coating for top coat
application. A high pressure coat of Zolatone paint shall be applied in a cross pattern technique to
achieve smooth finished surface. A second low pressure coat of Zolatone paint shall be applied in a
single pattern to achieve a textured appearance.
ZOLATONE CLEAR COAT APPLICATION
Starting with a completed and dry Zolatone coat application 2 to 3 coats of Zolatone clear coat shall be
applied until a thickness of 5.0 mills wet is achieved.
PAINTERS
All painters shall be paint supplier certified. They shall be re-certified periodically in order to keep up to
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
189
current standards and procedures required by the coatings manufacturer. This certification is performed
independently by the paint supplier.
FACILITY
The finishing facility shall be certified independently by the paint supplier by meeting or exceeding its
extensive and stringent requirements. The paint facility shall be audited quarterly by the paint supplier to
ensure proper equipment, procedures and safety regulations are being used and adhered to in addition to
the controls implemented by Seagrave to assure paint quality requirements are met in every job.
QUALITY STANDARDS
The finish quality and appearance shall be in accordance with the Seagrave’s Paint Quality Standards for
dirt, gloss, reflectivity, clarity and depth of image. The standard is available to the customer at any time
upon request.
S One (1) Paint - Frame & Undercarriage Finish, Job Color (TDA)
91-00-4700
FRAME & UNDERCARRIAGE FINISH
The chassis frame, bumper extension, suspension, axles, air tanks, fuel tank, battery boxes, etc., shall
have an additional coat in the color selected in this order applied over the primed surface as supplied by
the component manufacturer. Single Coat application process shall be used to apply the color selected in
this order using direct gloss paint on identified parts, as listed below:
Tractor & trailer frame rails, cross members.
Tractor fifth wheel.
Trailer gooseneck.
Front bumper extension.
Tractor & trailer axles and suspension.
Fuel tank.
Air reservoir tanks.
Hydraulic reservoir tank.
Body mounting brackets.
Tractor & trailer steering gear box and steering link arm.
Drive shafts.
Ground ladder storage stakes.
The following items shall always be furnished with the finish as provided by their respective
manufacturer.
Engine, transmission and accessories.
Exhaust system.
Retarder (when furnished).
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
190
PTO & hydraulic pump.
Cab lift cylinders & hydraulic pump.
Shock absorbers.
Fuel filter.
Air drier and air cleaner.
Electric wiring and loom.
Air brake lines, valves and mounting brackets.
Paint job color red.
One (1) Axle Ends - Painted with Axle
91-00-4953
AXLE ENDS COLOR
The axle ends shall be painted with the axle.
One (1) Paint - Cab Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint
91-00-5000
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be provided with gray Zolatone paint following the Zolatone Coat application
process.
The following components shall be painted:
Exposed interior surfaces of the cab structure
Exposed interior surfaces of the driver/officer/crew doors
All interior "Metal" access/wire covers of the cab
Head bumper brackets
Miscellaneous brackets, if present: charger covers.
One (1) Paint - Cab Interior, Clear Coat (Full Tilt Cabs)
91-00-5400
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the full tilt cab shall be clear coated following the Zolatone Clear Coat application process
in the same components that received a Zolatone application.
S One (1) LINE-X® - Smooth, Cab Interior
91-00-5512
LINE-X® - CAB INTERIOR
All cab interior LINE-X® shall have a smooth finish. Cab compartments, including the cab
interior compartments, exterior of cab storage compartments. , with the exception of the cab floor
overlays and the interior back liner, if provided.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
191
Customer understands and is aware, that due to the process of applying LINE-X®, that when a
smooth finish is requested and applied, due to over spray and changing of the plane that the
LINE-X® is being applied, that a consistent finish is not guaranteed.
One (1) Paint - Cab Exterior, One Color
91-00-5900
SINGLE COLOR CAB PAINT
The cab shall be painted one color. The paint shall follow the Top Coat application process for a single
color.
Note: Paint prices do not allow for metallic or pearlescent paint colors.
S One (1) Paint Color - One Color, Cab
91-00-9000
Seagrave standard exterior paint on the cab shall be color matched to :
Cab exterior paint number shall be: PPG 905541 RED
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
One (1) No Cab Trim Molding Required
91-00-A100
No cab trim molding shall be required.
One (1) Paint - Tiller Cab Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint
91-00-7000
CAB INTERIOR PAINT FINISH
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
192
The inside of the tiller cab shall be painted with gray Zolatone paint following the Zolatone Coat
application process.
The following components shall be painted:
Exposed interior surfaces of the cab structure, including the dash area
Exposed interior surfaces of the doors
All interior "metal" access/wire covers of the cab
Interior surface of the vents, manual 2-way
Miscellaneous brackets, if present: camera mounts, non-recessed radios, charger covers
One (1) No Clear Coat Required on Tiller Cab Interior
91-00-7249
One (1) Paint - Tiller Cab Exterior, One Color
91-00-7280
SINGLE COLOR TILLER CAB PAINT
The exterior of the tiller cab shall be painted one color. The paint shall follow the Top Coat application
process for a single color.
Note: Paint prices do not allow for metallic or pearlescent paint colors.
S One (1) Paint Color - One Color, Cab
91-00-9000
Seagrave standard exterior paint on the cab shall be color matched to :
Job Color Red
One (1) Paint - Body Exterior, Single Color
91-02-1000
BODY PAINT, SINGLE COLOR
The body of the apparatus shall be painted to match the primary cab color. The paint shall follow the Top
Coat application process for a single color.
S One (1) Paint Color - One Color, Body
91-02-1Z00
Seagrave standard exterior paint on the body shall be color matched to:
Job Color Red
One (1) Standard Finishes for Small Parts - Chassis, Cab
91-02-4500
STANDARD FINISHES FOR SMALL PARTS, CUSTOM CAB
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
193
Definition: Mill Finish: as is from the manufacturer; no finish applied. It may have scratches, but it
shall be shiny as a result of being cleaned through a deoxidization process. Parts with mill finish may
have been cleaned in a dipping process to deoxidize the part.
Definition: Etchfinish: The part(s) shall be cleaned and etched to a uniform bright finish.
CHASSIS
Chassis bracket: Painted same as cab exterior
CAB
Cab compartments, including cab side access compartments:
Exterior Finish: LINE-X®.
Interior Finish:
Mill finish
Upgrade available to DA or Paint
Cab compartment shelves:
DA -Just the outside edge of the shelf shall be DA’d.
All other surfaces shall be mill finish.
Bumper / running board hose wells:Flange: DA
Interior & exterior walls: Mill finish
If the hose well sticks above the gravel pan: DA the edges
Inner liners: Mill finish
All steps, including pull downs & those on access ladders: DA outsides
Hat Section Bracket for Compartment, Ground or Step Lights:
Mill finish.
If compartment is painted, then the hat section brackets shall be painted.
Trim Rings: Mill finish
Patch plates: Brushed S/S (Upgrade available to polished or ATP) STD is No patch plates
Label backing plates: DA
Marker light guards: As purchased
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
194
Switch guards – S/S: Brushed
Pike poles tubes - Aluminum:
D/A
Upgrade available to paint
Pike poles tubes – S/S: D/A
Upgrade available to paint
One (1) Standard Finishes for Small Parts - Body Only
91-02-4510
STANDARD FINISHES FOR SMALL PARTS, BODY ONLY
Definition: Mill Finish: as is from the manufacturer; no finish applied. It may have scratches, but it
shall be shiny as a result of being cleaned through a deoxidization process. Parts with mill finish may
have been cleaned in a dipping process to deoxidize the part.
Definition: Etchfinish: The part(s) shall be cleaned and etched to a uniform bright finish.
BODY
Bumper / running board hose wells:
Flange: DA
Interior & exterior walls: Mill finish
If the hose well sticks above the gravel pan: DA the edges
Inner liners: Mill finish
All steps, including pull downs: DA outsides
Hat Section Bracket for Compartment, Ground or Step Lights:
Mill finish.
If compartment is painted, then the hat section brackets shall be painted.
Trim Rings: Mill finish
Patch plates:
STD is No patch plates
Brushed S/S
Upgrade available to polished or ATP
Label backing plates: DA
Marker light guards: As purchased
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
195
Switch guards – S/S: Brushed
Compartment louvers: Same color as compartment interior walls,
Compartment shelves & trays:
DA (Just the outside edge of the shelf shall be DA’d. All other surfaces shall be mill
finish.Upgrades available: Paint Zolatone or job color. All surfaces shall be painted.
Compartment shelf & tray brackets: Mill finish
Brackets to hold compartment doors open: Mill finish
Compartment door auxiliary locking brackets: Brushed
Rear aluminum compartments:
Mill finish
Upgrade available to paint
Rear aluminum compartment door interiors:
ATP Exterior Door: DA Finish Interior
Smooth Exterior Door: Etchfinish Interior
Breaker box mounting brackets: Mill finish
Pegboard:
Mill finish
Upgrade available to DA
Ladders-Thru Compartments:
Mill finish
Upgrade available to paint
Partition mounting brackets: Mill finish
Hydraulic ladder rack:
D/A Finish
Upgrade to paint Job color
Ground ladder brackets: Etchfinish
Ground ladder or suction racking (fixtures, slides) within compartments: Mill finish
Pike poles tubes - Aluminum: D/A Upgrade available to paint
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
196
Pike poles tubes – S/S:
D/A
Upgrade available to paint
Wheel chock holders: Mill finish
One (1) Standard Finishes for Small Parts - Aerial Components
91-02-4515
STANDARD FINISHES FOR SMALL PARTS, CUSTOM CAB
Definition: Mill Finish: as is from the manufacturer; no finish applied. It may have scratches, but it
shall be shiny as a result of being cleaned through a deoxidization process. Parts with mill finish may
have been cleaned in a dipping process to deoxidize the part.
Definition: Etchfinish: The part(s) shall be cleaned and etched to a uniform bright finish.
AERIAL COMPONENTS
Turntable floor grating: DA sides
Turntable underside (except cut away area): Painted
Pedestal cover brackets: DA
Pedestal cover interior: DA
Pedestal compartment door interiors: Mill finish
Electrical compartment panels:
Upper connection panel – Mill finish
Lower ECM panel – Mill finish
Aerialscope forward body step, if present: DA
Grating on top of body: DA sides
Jack control boxes:
Interior – Mill finish
Door interiors – Mill finish
Cab avoidance switch brackets: Mill finish
Outrigger pad holder brackets: Mill finish
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
197
Downrigger watt pin & watt pin holder: DA
Piping – Swivel to Waterway: Mill finish
Waterway: Mill finish
Waterway brackets : Mill finish
Monitor: Mill finish
Brass elbow on cord reel on aerial: Mill finish
Cat Track holders/ boxes: Mill finish
Aerialscope Boom:
Base section and steel base collars – Painted boom color
Aluminum extendable sections and collars - DA
Aerialscope & Apollo Basket:
Control box – DA
Under basket L brackets – Mill finish
Under basket L bracket covers – Mill finish
Under basket L bracket piping – Mill finish
Under basket heat pans – Mill finish
Under basket waterway piping- Mill finishBasket assembly parts- Etchfinish
Mounts/ brackets to hold ladders to aerial or boom: Painted same color as ladder
Mounts/brackets to hold pike poles to aerial or boom: painted same color as ladder
Mounts/brackets to hold stokes basket to ladder: painted same color as ladder
ATP box to hold basket shall be mill finish
One (1) Acorn Nuts - Standard Operating Procedure for Use
91-02-4550
ACORN NUTS
Acorn nuts shall be installed on all exposed screws and bolts in areas where personal injury may result
and/or damage to equipment may occur. For further details, please refer to the enclosed standards
document.
One (1) Compartment Locations - Seagrave Definition for Component Locations
91-02-4590
COMPARTMENT LOCATIONS - SEAGRAVE DEFINITION FOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
198
All definitions are based on facing the opening to the compartment.
These definitions apply to all compartments.
_______________________________________________________________________________
One (1) Paint - Outriggers & Jacks
91-02-5100
OUTRIGGERS & JACKS PAINT
The outriggers and jacks shall be painted according to Seagrave paint standards. All paint shall follow
the Single Coat application process.
S One (1) Paint - 100' Ladder & Components, Charcoal Metallic
91-02-6130
LADDER AND COMPONENTS PAINT
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
199
The ladder sections, turntable, lift cylinders and ladder rest shall be painted PPG 984186 Charcoal
Metallic. Single Coat application process shall be used to apply the color selected in this order using
direct gloss paint on identified parts.
One (1) Paint - Ladder Stakes, Hyd Reservoir, Job Color
91-02-7600
LADDER STAKES & HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR FINISH
The ground ladder storage stakes and hydraulic reservoir tank shall be painted job color. Single Coat
application process shall be used to apply the color selected in this order using direct gloss paint on
identified parts.
Paint name:
Paint number:
One (1) Paint - Tip of Aerial Ladder, to Match Lower Cab Job Color
91-02-8500
PAINT AERIAL TIP
The top three feet, or removable tip, of the fly section of the aerial ladder shall be painted to match the
lower cab job color.
S One (1) 4" Reflective Striping - Roll-up Doors
91-03-1400
REFLECTIVE STRIPING
A 4" reflective stripe shall be provided around the perimeter of the vehicle. At least 50 percent of the cab
and body sides, at least 50 percent of the rear body width and at least 25 percent of the width of the cab
front shall have reflective material affixed to it per NFPA standards.
Per Direction of Carlsbad, CA, to match previous apparatus, exact layout to be confirmed prior to
application.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
200
One (1) Reflective Striping Color shall be Black
91-03-290B
The reflective striping color shall be black.
S One (1) 5" Reflective Striping - Roll-up Doors
91-03-1500
REFLECTIVE STRIPING
A 5" reflective stripe shall be provided around the perimeter of the vehicle. At least 50 percent of the cab
and body sides, at least 50 percent of the rear body width and at least 25 percent of the width of the cab
front shall have reflective material affixed to it per NFPA standards.
Per Direction of Carlsbad, CA, to match previous apparatus, exact layout to be confirmed prior to
application.
One (1) Reflective Striping Color shall be White
91-03-290A
The reflective striping color shall be white.
One (1) Chevron Striping - Rear Surface of TDA
91-03-4210
CHEVRON STRIPING
The trailer rear face, as indicated by the fire department, shall be covered with 6" wide reflective striping
in an alternating different and high-contrasting color chevron pattern. Chevron shall meet or exceed
NFPA 1900 regulations. The stripes shall run at a 45 degree downward angle from the top center of the
vehicle.
One (1) Rear Facing Trailer Panels on Rear Shall Not be Covered in Chevron
91-03-421I
The rear facing trailer panels on the rear shall not be covered with chevron.
One (1) TDA Doors to be Covered with Chevron - Ladder Compartment Door
91-03-421K
The ladder compartment door shall be covered with chevron.
One (1) TDA Doors to be Covered with Chevron - Frame Rail Area Door
91-03-421L
The frame rail area door shall be covered with chevron.
One (1) TDA Doors to be Covered with Chevron - Rear Step Compartment Door
91-03-421M
The rear step compartment door shall be covered with chevron.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
201
One (1) Rear of Tiller Cab Shall Not be Covered in Chevron
91-03-421P
The rear of the tiller cab shall not be covered in chevron.
One (1) Chevron Color - Scotchlite™ Red 680-72 & Scotchlite™ Black 680-85
91-03-4856
The chevron striping shall be alternating Scotchlite™ Red 680-72 and Scotchlite™ Black 680-85.
S One (1) Graphics Allowance
91-04-0009
GRAPHICS ALLOWANCE
A graphics allowance shall be provided, to complete customer requested graphics and lettering of the
apparatus. Amount of allowance shall be: $10,000.00
If the graphics amount is less than the allowance, additional money shall be returned to the customer.
If the graphics amount exceeds the allowance, the customer shall be responsible for the additional charge.
One (1) Graphics Files Formats
91-04-000A
GRAPHICS FILES FORMATS
In order to produce the desired lettering, seals and/or emblems, the customer shall provide graphics files
of the lettering, seals and/or emblems in the following file formats:
Vector images (Ai or EPS file types)
Full Color (CMYK) version or
Full color Pantone version, if exact color matching is required
The customer shall also provide the name and size of font for any graphics text, if specific font is desired.
One (1) Apparatus Logos and Name Plaques
91-04-9900
APPARATUS LOGOS AND NAME PLAQUES
Logos and name plaques shall be placed on the apparatus as identified on the attached PDF.
S One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - 4 Years Parts & Labor, TDA Aerial
91-50-013L
MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited four (4) year warranty for parts and labor shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - Cab, Structural - 15 Years
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
202
91-50-0205
CAB FIFTEEN YEAR STRUCTURAL LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave cab limited fifteen (15) year structural warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - Stainless Steel Body, Structural - 15 Years
91-50-030S
STAINLESS STEEL BODY FIFTEEN YEAR STRUCTURAL LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited stainless steel body fifteen (15) year structural warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - Aerial, Structural - 20 Years
91-50-0400
AERIAL DEVICE TWENTY YEAR STRUCTURAL LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited aerial twenty (20) year structural warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Lifetime Warranty - Frame Rail & Cross Members, Structural
91-50-0510
CHASSIS FRAME RAIL & CROSS MEMBER STRUCTURAL LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited lifetime frame rail and cross members structural warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - Paint & Corrosion, 6 Years, Pro-Rated, All Models
91-50-0600
PAINT/CORROSION LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited pro-rated paint six (6) year warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Seagrave Limited Warranty - Pump Plumbing, 10 Years
91-50-0700
PUMP PLUMBING LIMITED WARRANTY
A Seagrave limited stainless steel pump plumbing ten (10) year warranty shall be provided.
One (1) Weight analysis - Required if over Minimum NFPA Equipment
92-00-1000
WEIGHT ANALYSIS - LOOSE EQUIPMENT
It shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to specify the details of the apparatus; its required
performance, including where operations at elevations above 2000 ft (610m) or on grades greater than 6
percent are required; the maximum number of fire fighters to ride within the apparatus; specific added
continuous electrical loads which exceed the minimum of this standard; and any hose, ground ladders, or
equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceed the minimum requirements of this standard.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27
Carlsbad Fire Department of California
Proposal TDA 11/14/25
203
One (1) Operation & Parts Manuals w/ Wiring Diagrams - (2) Electronic Copies (Aerial)
98-50-502C
ELECTRONIC OPERATOR'S & PARTS MANUAL
A binder shall be supplied that has electronic copies and paper documents as listed below.
The binder shall contain 2 duplicate electronic copies. Each electronic copy shall have:
Operations & maintenance instructions for items on the vehicle, except all purchased components.
The operations manual shall include locations of the Intelex electrical modules on the apparatus and an
Emergency Troubleshooting Guide which includes emergency instructions if the apparatus won't start.
Material Safety Data Sheets.
Electrical diagrams including charts illustrating the individual wire color, number code, and function.
Parts manuals.
Parts drawings and an overall vehicle layout.
Certificates
Warranties
Printed documents shall include:
Operations & maintenance instructions for items on the vehicle, not including the vendor literature.
Operations & maintenance instructions for engine.
Certificates of independent test results.
Warranty documents.
Manufacturer's record of construction details and engine power curve.
Vehicle final alignment report.
Vendor literature provided by the manufacturer that arrives with the purchased component.
One (1) to two (2) manual electronic copies for the water pump shall be included, if there is a pump on
the unit, and as provided by the pump manufacturer. Additional electronic copies and paper documents,
as provided by other equipment suppliers, shall also be included.
MPA26-4083FLT; Attachment "C" (cont.)Docusign Envelope ID: 2016EF1F-F46F-8D26-8145-165E9B23CA27